Today's Hours: 12:00pm - 8:00pm

Books

  • Print
    taʾlīf Jūrj Būst.
    Summary: Lists and classifies the plants of Syria, Palestine, and Egypt.

    Contents:
    al-Mujallad
    1. Wa-huwa yataḍammanu tisʻan wa-arbaʻīn rutbah min al-Shaqīqīyah ilā al-Kūrnīyah.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    Romero-Gomez, Manuel.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the diagnosis and management of Non-alcoholic Fatty Liver Disease (NAFLD) and Non-Alcoholic Steatohepatis (NASH). Basic principles of disease progression, the genetic and nutritional basis of NAFLD and NASH are explained along with the proteomic principles underlying biomarker development. Chapters cover both biochemical and imaging biomarkers used in elastrography and ultrasound and discuss how these are applicable to early diagnosis and monitoring of NASH and NAFLD. This is a useful resource for hepatologists, primary care providers with an interest in metabolic disease, diabetologists and endocrinologists in their daily clinical practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Bianca Maria Piraccini.
    Summary: "This book is designed to meet the need for a concise, easy-to-read text on how to approach and manage patients with nail diseases. The book opens with a description of nail anatomy and physiology, followed by a review of nail symptoms, divided according to the part of the nail apparatus involved. Non-invasive and invasive tools for the diagnosis of nail disorders are then described and insights provided into their appropriate use. Subsequent chapters review the various nail diseases, covering inflammatory, infective, environmentally and auto- induced, drug-induced and neoplastic conditions as well as disorders due to systemic diseases. An additional chapter addresses nail conditions commonly seen in toenails. Informative high-quality illustrations are included for each disorder and boxes helpfully summarize the most important features, clues to diagnosis, necessary examinations, and treatments. Nail Disorders: A Practical Guide to Diagnosis and Management will be an invaluable, ready source of information for students in dermatology, clinical practitioners and podiatrists."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Dimitris Rigopoulos, Antonella Tosti, editors.
    Summary: Nail psoriasis is very common and causes considerable morbidity to patients. With the aid of informative illustrations, this book presents the clinical signs suggestive of nail psoriasis and describes the differential diagnosis of nail abnormalities. Newer methods of diagnosis are considered, and advice is provided on the use of severity evaluation indexes. The available treatments are extensively discussed, with information on the latest options. Selection of the appropriate treatment may be a challenge, so guidance is provided on all factors that should be taken into consideration and on choice of treatment for special categories of patient, such as children and pregnant women. Contributors have been selected from across the world, offering an international perspective on the condition. Nail Psoriasis will be an invaluable up-to-date source of information for dermatologists and will also be of interest to rheumatologists and general practitioners, given that recognition of nail signs can lead to earlier diagnosis of arthropathic disease.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology of Nail Psoriasis
    Genetics
    Pathology
    Comorbidities of Nail Psoriasis: From A to Z
    Arthritis
    The Clinical Features of Nail Psoriasis
    Ultrasound Imaging of Psoriatic Nails
    Dermoscopy of Nail Psoriasis
    Severity Evaluation Indexes
    Quality of Life
    Differential Diagnosis for Nail Psoriasis
    Onychomycosis and Psoriasis
    Treatment of Nail Psoriasis
    Nail Psoriasis in Special Populations: Children, Pregnant, Elderly
    How to Choose My Treatment
    What Is the Future?
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Zhypargul Abdullaeva.
    Summary: A comprehensive introduction to nano- and biomaterials shining light on the different research disciplines from various perspectives. The straightforward and well-structured concept is designed to cater for entrants as well as experienced researchers in the field of nanotechnology. The initial chapters introduce nanomaterials, their classification and synthesis techniques, while subsequent chapters discuss the various characterization tools as well as mechanical properties and their applications in biotechnological and biomedical fields. Further understanding of the topic is supported by case studies used for practical purposes. The book concludes with a look at future technology advances. With its explanation of a wide variety of materials, this is an essential reference for chemists, physicists, materials scientists and biomedical engineers.

    Contents:
    Introduction into Nano- and Biomaterials
    Classification of Nanomaterials
    Nanocomposite Materials and Their Physical Property Features
    Mechanical Characteristics of Dispersive Systems
    Physical Properties of Nanomaterials: Graphene
    Chemical Properties and Mechanical Characteristics of Nanomaterial Characterization Tools in Nanotechnology
    Introduction to Biomaterials
    Properties of Biomaterials
    Implants and Artificial Organs
    Tissue Engineering, Scaffolds, and 3D Bioprinting.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Print
    edited by Lajos P. Balogh.
    Summary: This book is the second in a series presenting articles that received the most citations in recent years in nanomedicine. The series is edited by, a prominent nanotechnology researcher and editor-in-chief of Precision Nanomedicine. The theme of the second volume is about nano-enabled medical applications. The 19 articles collected here have already acquired more than 12,500 citations highlighting the importance and professional recognition of the work of these scientists in nanomedicine. The content includes the general overview of the field and a wide variety of applications that have been impossible without nanoscience and nanotechnology.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2020
  • Digital
    Sumera Javad, editor.
    Summary: In this age of population explosion and depleting natural resources, this book offers new techniques to produce more from agricultural crops at a lower cost. The field of agronomy addresses this issue and interacts with the fields of agriculture, botany, and economics. Nanotechnology and nanoparticles play a role in agronomy. This book joins techniques from both fields into once comprehensive volume. Students of agriculture, physics, nanotechnology, and plant sciences will benefit equally from this work.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Editor
    Chapter 1: Nanotechnology: A Breakthrough in Agronomy
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 What Is Nanotechnology?
    1.3 Classification of Nanomaterials
    1.3.1 One-Dimensional Nanoparticles
    1.3.2 Two-Dimension Nanoparticles
    1.3.3 Three-Dimension Nanoparticles
    1.4 Synthesis of Nanomaterials
    1.4.1 Top to Bottom Approach
    1.4.2 Bottom to Up Approach
    1.4.2.1 Chemical Synthesis
    1.4.2.2 Biological Synthesis
    Nanoparticle Synthesis Using Microorganisms
    Green Synthesis 1.5 Overview of Nano-technological Applications in Agriculture
    1.5.1 Crop Production and Growth
    1.5.1.1 Seed Production
    1.5.1.2 Seed Germination
    1.5.1.3 Nanofertilizer
    1.5.2 Crop Disease Management
    1.5.2.1 Nanopestiside
    1.5.2.2 Nanofungicide
    1.5.2.3 Nanoherbicide
    1.5.2.4 Nanofibers
    1.5.3 Nanoparticles in Post-harvest Disease Management
    1.5.4 Nanoscale Carriers
    1.5.5 Nanosensors
    1.5.6 Sustainable Water Use
    1.5.7 Removal of Heavy Metals
    1.5.8 Hydroponics
    1.5.9 Nanoparticles in Plant Tissue Culture
    1.6 Conclusion
    References 4.2.3 Take-All of Wheat
    4.2.4 Downy Mildews
    4.2.5 Leaf Spot and Blight Diseases
    4.2.6 Grey Mold Disease
    4.2.7 Rusts
    4.2.8 Smuts
    4.2.9 Anthracnose
    4.3 Role of Fungi in Nanoparticles Synthesis
    4.3.1 Mechanisms Behind Myconanoparticles Synthesis
    4.3.2 Fungi a Renewable Source for Nanoparticles Synthesis
    4.4 Myconanoparticles Application in Management of Fungal Diseases
    4.4.1 Nanoparticles as a Suppresser for Pests (Nanopesticides)
    4.4.2 Myconanoparticles Mechanism of Action Against Fungal Pathogens
    4.5 Future Prospective
    References Chapter 2: Nanotechnology and Plant Tissue Culture
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Plant Tissue Culture
    2.2.1 Nanoparticles in Tissue Culture
    2.2.2 Nanomaterials and Surface Sterilization of Explants
    2.2.3 Role of Nanoparticles in Callogenesis, Organ Induction, Shoot and Root Growth
    2.2.4 Effect of Nanomaterials on Genetic Transformation
    2.2.5 In Vitro Conservation
    2.2.6 Nanomaterials May Lead to Somaclonal Differences
    2.2.7 Nanomaterials Cause Enhancement of Secondary Metabolites
    2.3 Are Nanoparticles Toxic in Plant Tissue Culture?
    2.4 Future Projections
    2.5 Conclusion
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Challa Vijaya Kumar.
    Contents:
    Encapsulating proteins in nanoparticles: batch by batch or one by one
    Enzyme adsorption on nanoparticle surface probed by highly sensitive second harmonic light scattering
    Armoring enzymes by metal-organic frameworks by the coprecipitation method
    Enzyme armoring by an organosilica layer: synthesis and characterization of hybrid organic/inorganic nanobiocatalysts
    Strategies for biophysical characterization of protein-polymer conjugates
    Guide to the preparation of molecularly imprinted polymer nanoparticles for protein recognition by solid-phase synthesis
    Armored urease: enzyme-bioconjugated poly(acrylamide) hydrogel as a storage and sensing platform
    Armored enzyme-nanohybrids and their catalytic function under challenging conditions
    Approaches for conjugating tailor-made polymers to proteins
    Nanoarmoring of enzymes by polymer-functionalized iron oxide nanoparticles
    Expression of cellulytic enzyme as a fusion protein that reacts specifically with a polymeric scaffold
    Nanoarmoring of proteins by conjugation to block copolymer micelles
    Semisynthetic enzymes by protein-peptide site-directed covalent conjugation: methods and applications
    Transgultaminase-mediated nanoarmoring of enzymes by PEGylation
    Polymer-based protein engineering: synthesis and characterization of armored, high graft density polymer-protein conjugates
    Nano-armoring of enzymes: rational design of polymer-wrapped enzymes
    Nanoarmored enzymes for organic enzymology: synthesis and characterization of poly(2-alkyloxazoline)-enzyme conjugates
    Preparation and applications of dendronized polymer-enzyme conjugates
    Nanoarmoring of enzymes by interlocking in cellulose fibers with poly(acrylic acid)
    Author index
    Subject Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Challa V. Kumar.
    Contents:
    Magneto-controlled enzyme reactions / Paolo Bollella and Evgeny Katz
    Functionalization of multiwalled carbon nanotubes for enzyme immobilization / Ram Sarup Singh and Kanika Chauhan
    Immobilization of enzymes on iron oxide magnetic nanoparticles : synthesis, characterization, kinetics and thermodynamics / Abhijeet B. Muley, Ketan H. Mulchandani, and Rekha S. Singhal
    Strategies to rationalize enzyme immobilization procedures / Diego E. Sastre, Eduardo A. Reis, and Caterina G.C. Marques Netto
    Fibrous polymer functionalized magnetic biocatalysts for improved performance / Veli C. Ozalp, Gulay Bayramoglu, and M. Yakup Arica
    Improvement in biochemical characteristics of cross-linked enzyme aggregates (CLEAs) with magnetic nanoparticles as support matrix / Nithyakalyani Doraiswamy, Mahalakshmi Sarathi, and Gautam Pennathur
    Magnetic bead-based semi-automated phage display panning strategy for the directed evolution of antibodies / Angela Chiew Wen Ch'ng, Zoltán Konthur, and Theam Soon Lim
    On-bead enzyme-catalyzed signal amplification for the high-sensitive detection of disease biomarkers / Wenjiao Fan, Wei Ren, Liping Zhu, and Chenghui Liu
    Organophosphonate functionalized Au/Si@Fe₃O₄ : versatile carrier for enzyme immobilization / Sunaina Kaul, Vishal Singh, Rajat Sandhir, and Nitin Kumar Singhal
    Bioelectrocatalysis at carbon nanotubes / Paolo Bollella and Evgeny Katz
    Molecular wiring of glucose oxidase enzyme with Mn polypyridine complex on MWCNT modified electrode surface and its bio-electrocatalytic oxidation and glucose sensing / Natarajan Saravanan and Annamalai Senthil Kumar
    Use of functionalized carbon nanotubes for the development of robust nanobiocatalysts / Michaela Patila, Nikolaos Chalmpes, Evangelia Dounousi, Haralambos Stamatis, and Dimitrios Gournis
    Biocatalytic hydrogenations on carbon supports / Lisa A. Thompson, Jack S. Rowbotham, Holly A. Reeve, Ceren Zor, Nicole Grobert, and Kylie A. Vincent
    Nano-immobilized cellulases for biomass processing with application in biofuel production / Reinu E. Abraham and Munish Puri
    Few biomedical applications of carbon nanotubes / Neelam Yadav, Manshi Tyagi, Shikha Wadhwa, Ashish Mathur, and Jagriti Narang
    Multiwalled carbon nanotubes bound beta-galactosidase : it's activity, stability and reusability / Maryam Khan and Qayyum Husain
    Exfoliated and water dispersible biocarbon nanotubes for enzymology applications / Ankarao Kalluri, Megan K. Puglia, Mansi Malhotra, and Challa V. Kumar
    Stabilization of phytase on multi-walled carbon nanotubes via covalent immobilization / Mohammad Pooya Naghshbandi and Hamid Moghimi
    A simple magnetic nanoparticle-poly-enzyme nanobead sandwich assay for direct, ultrasensitive DNA detection / Lorico D.S. Lapitan, Jr. and Dejian Zhou
    Enzymes immobilization onto magnetic nanoparticles to improve industrial and environmental applications / Osama M. Darwesh, Sameh S. Ali, Ibrahim A. Matter, Tamer Elsamahy, and Yehia A. Mahmoud.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Pranjal Chandra, Rajiv Prakash.
    Summary: This book comprehensively documents the application of Nanobiomaterials in the field of bio-medicine and diagnostics technologies by involving classical concepts/examples. Nanobiotechnology is an emerging area which encompasses all the facets of research of nano and biomaterials with their interaction with biological systems. The book summarises design and development of various nanobiomaterials and their composites for diagnostics and therapeutic applications. It skilfully reviews the utilization of the nanomaterials alone or in combination with other bio-molecules as a contrast enhancer in in-vivo imaging, Nano-Theranostics, drug delivery, and sensing transducer matrix. It also discusses the current research on designing of the new Nanobiomaterials and their implementation in numerous fields including bio-medicine and diagnostics. Finally, it summarizes the future prospects and the commercial viability of Nanobiomaterials in the human health care.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Nanomaterials, classifications, and properties
    Chapter 2. Engineering nanomaterials for bio-interfacing
    Chapter 3. Biomaterials and surface modification strategies
    Chapter 4. Nano materials as a nanotheronostic agent
    Chapter 5. Nanobiomaterials in biomedicine: Designing strategies and critical concepts
    Chapter 6. Phytofabricated nanodelivery systems: Engineering principles and applications
    Chapter 7. Nanobiosensors based diagnostics system: Transducers and surface materials
    Chapter 8. Nanobiomaterials and nanocomposites in clinical diagnostics
    Chapter 9. Tissue Engineering and Regenerative Medicines based on nanobiomaterials
    Chapter 10. Prospects and advantages of microfluidics utilizing various nanobiomaterials
    Chapter 11. Electrochemical nanoengineered sensors in infectious disease diagnosis
    Chapter 12. Multiplexing utilizing various nanobiomaterials
    Chapter 13. Future perspects of nanobiomaterials in human health care
    Chapter 14. Commercial aspects of nanobiomaterials: Short-coming and future aspects.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by XiuMei Wang, Murugan Ramalingam, Xiangdong Kong, and Lingyun Zhao.
    Summary: Written by an international team of editors and contributors from renowned universities and institutes, this book addresses the latest research in the field of nanobiomaterials, covering nanotechnologies for their fabrication, developments in biomedical applications, and the challenges of biosafety in clinic uses. Clearly structured, the volume defines the scope and classification of the field, resulting in a broad overview from fundamental principles to current technological advances, and from materials synthesis to biomedical applications along with future trends.

    Contents:
    Introduction. Nanobiomaterials: State of the Art / Jing Wang, Huihua Li, Lingling Tian, Seeram Ramakrishna
    Classification of Nanobiomaterials. Metallic Nanobiomaterials / Magesh Sankar, Vasanth Gopal, Revathi Alexander, Geetha Manivasagam, Murugan Ramalingam
    Polymeric Nanobiomaterials / Deepti Rana, Keerthana Ramasamy, Samad Ahadian, Geetha Manivasagam, Xiumei Wang, Murugan Ramalingam
    Carbon-Based Nanobiomaterials / Samad Ahadian, Farhad Batmanghelich, Raquel Obregón, Deepti Rana, Javier Ramón-Azcón, Ramin Banan Sadeghian, Murugan Ramalingam
    Nanotechnology-Based Approaches in Biomaterials Fabrications. Molecular Self-Assembly for Nanobiomaterial Fabrication / Ling Zhu, Yanlian Yang, Chen Wang
    Electrospraying and Electrospinning for Nanobiomaterial Fabrication / Liumin He, Yuyuan Zhao, Lingling Tian, Seeram Ramakrishna
    Layer-by-Layer Technique: From Capsule Assembly to Application in Biological Domains / Xi Chen
    Nanopatterning Techniques / Lakshmi Priya Manickam, Akshay Bhatt, Deepti Rana, Serge Ostrovidov, Renu Pasricha, Xiumei Wang, Murugan Ramalingam
    Surface Modification of Metallic Implants with Nanotubular Arrays via Electrochemical Anodization / Ming Jin, Shenglian Yao, Luning Wang
    Nanobiomaterials in Biomedical Applications: Diagnosis, Imaging, and Therapy. Nonconventional Biosensors Based on Nanomembrane Materials / Lan Yin, Xing Sheng
    Nanobiomaterials for Molecular Imaging / Prashant Chandrasekharan, Chang-Tong Yang
    Engineering Nanobiomaterials for Improved Tissue Regeneration / Liping Xie, Wei Qian, Jianjun Sun, Bo Zou
    Nanobiomaterials for Cancer Therapy / Wei Tao, Lin Mei
    Chemical Synthesis and Biomedical Applications of Iron Oxide Nanoparticles / Jing Yu, Yanmin Ju, Fan Chen, Shenglei Che, Lingyun Zhao, Fugeng Sheng, Yanglong Hou
    Gold Nanoparticles and Their Bioapplications / Heyun Shen, Li Cheng, Linlin Li, Huiyu Liu
    Silicon-Based Nanoparticles for Drug Delivery / Yixuan Yu, Xi Liu
    Dendritic-Polymer-Based Nanomaterials for Cancer Diagnosis and Therapy / Na Zhu, Qiyong Gong, Zhongwei Gu, Kui Luo
    Biosafety and Clinical Translation of Nanobiomaterials. Biosafety of Carbon-Based Nanoparticles and Nanocomposites / Yong Cheol Shin, Jong Ho Lee, In-Seop Lee, Dong-Wook Han
    Clinical Translation and Safety Regulation of Nanobiomaterials / Ruibo Zhao, Lawrence Keen, Xiangdong Kong.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Shailendra K. Saxena, S.M. Paul Khurana, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the recent trends in various Nanotechnology-based therapeutics and challenges associated with its development. Nanobiotechnology is an interdisciplinary research that has wide applications in the various fields of biomedical research. The book discusses the various facets of the application of Nanotechnology in drug delivery, clinical diagnostics, Nanomedicine and treatment of infectious and chronic diseases. The book also highlights the recent advancements on important devices and applications that are based on Nanotechnology in medicine and brief the regulatory and ethical issues related to nanomedical devices. It also reviews the toxicological profile of various nanomaterials and emphasizes the need for safe nanomaterials for clinical use. Finally, the book discusses the recent developments of potential commercial applications of Nanotechnology.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Current Advances in Nanotechnology and Medicine
    Chapter 2. Least Explored Small Wonders: Nano-biotechnology
    Chapter 3. Modern Approaches in Nanomedicine for neuroAIDS and CNS drug delivery
    Chapter 4. Nanobiotechnology: Paving the way to personalized medicine
    Chapter 5. Nanomedicine in cancer stem cell therapy
    Chapter 6. Nanobiosensor: Current Trends and Applications
    Chapter 7. Transition Metal Oxide Nanoparticles: A New Horizon in Cancer Treatment
    Chapter 8. Nanomedicine meets microRNA expression and function in prostate cancer
    Chapter 9. Biomedical applications of Viral Nanoparticles in vaccine therapy
    Chapter 10. HIV: Biology to Nanomedicine
    Chapter 11. Current Advances in Phage Inspired Nanocarriers Based Therapy
    Chapter 12. Nanophytotherapeutic potential of Essential Oils against Candida infections
    Chapter 13. Molecular tests for the Diagnosis of Tuberculosis: Nanodiagnostics Approaches
    Chapter 14. Molecular Mechanisms of drug resistance in Mycobacterium tuberculosis: Role of nanoparticles against Multi-Drug Resistant tuberculosis (MDR-TB)
    Chapter 15. Nano-Mass spectrometry (nano-MS) based lipidomics
    Chapter 16. Techniques to understand Mycobacterial Lipids and use of Lipid Based Nanoformulations for Tuberculosis Management
    Chapter 17. Recent trends and challenges in Patches for cardiac tissue reengineering: role of Nanomaterials
    Chapter 18. Cyclic dinucleotides: Big roles of small molecules and its role in nanotechnology and medicine
    Chapter 19. Antibodies: Biology to Therapeutics and its role in nanomedicine
    Chapter 20. Nanotoxicology in Medicine
    Chapter 21. Antibody-targeted nanoparticles for cancer treatment
    Chapter 22. Nanoparticle mediated combined photothermal and photodynamic therapy
    Chapter 23. Nanotechnology based devices and its applications in medicine- Chapter 24. Opportunities in clinical translation and commercialization of nanomedicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Manashjit Gogoi, Sanjukta Patra, Debasree Kundu, editors.
    Summary: This book examines the role of nanobiosensors in point-of-care applications for personalized healthcare and management. It begins by discussing various biomaterials that are used for the development of biosensors in medical diagnostics, and reviews advances in their fabrication and the miniaturization of biosensor devices for lab-on-chip analysis. In turn, it explores the rapidly evolving applications of nanomaterials in the context of biomaterial diagnostics. The book also explores the immense potential of biosensors in medical diagnostics, where they are increasingly being used to detect a wide range of biomolecules and biomarkers. In closing, it discusses the current challenges and outlines the future role of nanobiosensors in the development of next-generation point-of-care applications.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Point of Care biosensors for healthcare applications
    Chapter 2. An overview of biomolecules used in the development of point of care sensor
    Chapter 3. Nanomaterials for POC biosensors
    Chapter 4. New generation molecular techniques in POC biosensors for detection of infectious diseases
    Chapter 5. Point-of-Care Biosensors for Glucose Sensing
    Chapter 6. Overview of Affordable Upfront Point-of-Care Testing for Cancer Detection
    Chapter 7. Point-of-care Diagnostic Testing in Urgent Cardiac Care
    Chapter 8. Point-of-Care Nanobiosensors for Determining Vitamin Deficiency
    Chapter 9. Utility of Nanobiosensors as a Point of Care Diagnostics for Neurological Disorders: From Bench to Bedside
    Chapter 10. Point-of-Care Testing and Diagnostics for Sexually Transmitted Disease
    Chapter 11. Nano-Biosensor Based Microfluidic Point-Of-Care Platforms: Fabrication, Characterization, And Applications
    Chapter 12. Nanobiosensor: Advancement in Disease Diagnostic.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Christof M. Niemeyer and Chad A. Mirkin.
    Contents:
    [v. 1]. Concepts, applications, and perspectives
    1 . Biocompatible inorganic devices / Thomas Sawitowski
    2. Microfluidics meets nano : lab-on-a-chip devices and their potential for nanobiotechnology / Holger Bartos, Friedrich Götz, and Ralf-Peter Peters
    3. Microcontact printing of proteins / Emmanuel Delamarche
    4. Cell-nanostructure interactions / Joachim P. Spatz
    5. Defined networks of neuronal cells in vitro / Andreas Offenhäusser and Angela K. Vogt
    6. S-Layers / Uwe B. Sleytr ... [et al.]
    7. Engineered nanopores / Hagan Bayley ... [et al.]
    8. Genetic approaches to programmed assembly / Stanley Brown
    9. Microbial nanoparticle production / Murali Sastry ... [et al.]
    10. Magnetosomes : nanoscale magnetic iron minerals in bacteria / Richard B. Frankel and Dennis A. Bazylinski
    11. Bacteriorhodopsin and its potential in technical applications / Norbert Hampp and Dieter Oesterhelt
    12. Polymer Nanocontainers / Alexandra Graff ... [et al.]
    13. Biomolecular motors operating in engineered environments / Stefan Diez, Jonne H. Helenius, and Jonathon Howard
    14. Nanoparticle-biomaterial hybrid systems for bioelectronic devices and circuitry / Eugenii Katz and Itamar Willner
    15. DNA-protein nanostructures / Christof M. Neimeyer
    16. DNA-templated electronics / Erez Braun and Uri Sivan
    17. Biomimetic fabrication of DNA-based metallic nanowires and networks / Michael Mertig and Wolfgang Pompe
    18. Mineralization in nanostructured biocompartments : biomimetic ferritins for high-density data storage / Eric L. Mayes and Stephen Mann
    19. DNA-gold nanoparticle conjugates / C. Shad Thaxton and Chad A. Mirkin
    20. DNA nanostructures for mechanics and computing : nonlinear thinking with life's central molecule / Nadrian C. Seeman
    21. Nanoparticles as non-viral transfection agents / M.N.V. Ravi Kumar, Udo Bakowsky, and Claus-Michael Lehr
    22. Luminescent quantum dots for biological labeling / Xiaohu Gao and Shuming Nie
    23. Nanoparticle molecular labels / James F. Hainfeld, Richard D. Powell, and Gerhard W. Hacker
    24. Surface biology : analysis of biomolecular structure by atomic force microscopy and molecular pulling / Emin Oroudjev, Signe Danielsen and Helen G. Hansma
    25. Force spectroscopy / Markus Seitz
    26. Biofunctionalized nanoparticles for surface-enhanced raman scattering and surface plasmon resonance / Mahnaz El-Kouedi and Christine D. Keating
    27. Bioconjugated silica nanoparticles for bioanalytical applications / Timothy J. Drake, Xiaojun Julia Zhao, and Weihong Tan.
    v. 2. More concepts and applications
    Part I. Self-Assembly and Nanoparticles: Novel Principles
    ch. 1. Self-Assembled Artificial Transmembrane Ion Channels / Mary S. Gin, Emily G. Schmidt and Pinaki Talukdar, p. 1-15
    ch. 2. Self-Assembling Nanostructures from Coiled-Coil Peptides / Maxim G. Ryadnov and Derek N. Woolfson, p. 17-38
    ch. 3. Synthesis and Assembly of Nanoparticles and Nanostructures Using Bio-Derived Templates / Erik Dujardin and Stephen Mann, p. 39-63
    ch. 4. Proteins and Nanoparticles: Covalent and Noncovalent Conjugates / Rochelle R. Arvizo, Mrinmoy De and Vincent M. Rotello, p. 65-78
    ch. 5. Self-Assembling DNA Nanostructures for Patterned Molecular Assembly / Thomas H. LaBean, Kurt V. Gothelf and John H. Reif, p. 79-97
    ch. 6. Biocatalytic Growth of Nanoparticles for Sensors and Circuitry / Ronan Baron, Bilha Willner and Itamar Willner, p. 99-121
    Part II. Nanostructures for Analytics
    ch. 7. Nanoparticles for Electrochemical Bioassays / Joseph Wang, p. 123-140
    ch. 8. Luminescent Semiconductor Quantum Dots in Biology / Thomas Pons, Aaron R. Clapp, Igor L. Medintz and Hedi Mattoussi, p. 141-157
    ch. 9. Nanoscale Localized Surface Plasmon Resonance Biosensors / Katherine A. Willets, W. Paige Hall, Leif J. Sherry, Xiaoyu Zhang, Jing Zhao and Richard P. Van Duyne, p. 159-173
    ch. 10. Cantilever Array Sensors for Bioanalysis and Diagnostics / Hans Peter Lang, Martin Hegner and Christoph Gerber, p. 175-195
    ch. 11. Shear-Force-Controlled Scanning Ion Conductance Microscopy / Tilman E. Schäffer, Boris Anczykowski, Matthias Böcker and Harald Fuchs, p. 197-212
    ch. 12. Label-Free Nanowire and Nanotube Biomolecular Sensors for In-Vitro Diagnosis of Cancer and other Diseases / James R. Heath, p. 213-232
    ch. 13. Bionanoarrays / Rafael A. Vega, Khalid Salaita, Joseph J. Kakkassery and Chad A. Mirkin, p. 233-259
    Part III. Nanostructures for Medicinal Applications --. ch. 14. Biological Barriers to Nanocarrier-Mediated Delivery of Therapeutic and Imaging Agents, p. 261-284 / Rudy Juliano
    ch. 15. Organic Nanoparticles: Adapting Emerging Techniques from the Electronics Industry for the Generation of Shape-Specific, Functionalized Carriers for Applications in Nanomedicine / Larken E. Euliss, Julie A. DuPont and Joseph M. DeSimone, p. 285-303
    ch. 16. Poly(amidoamine Dendrimer-Based Multifunctional Nanoparticles / Thommey P. Thomas, Rameshwer Shukla, Istvan J. Majoros, Andrzej Myc and James R. Baker, p. 305-319
    ch. 17. Nanoparticle Contrast Agents for Molecular Magnetic Resonance Imaging / Young-Wook Jun, Jae-Hyun Lee and Jinwoo Cheon, p. 321-346
    ch. 18. Micro- and Nanoscale Control of Cellular Environment for Tissue Engineering / Ali Khademhosseini, Yibo Ling, Jeffrey M. Karp and Robert Langer, p. 347-364
    ch. 19. Diagnostic and Therapeutic Targeted Perfluorocarbon Nanoparticles / Patrick M. Winter, Shelton D. Caruthers, Gregory M. Lanza and Samuel A. Wickline, p. 365-380
    Part IV. Nanomotors
    ch. 20. Biological Nanomotors / Manfred Schliwa, p. 381-399
    ch. 21. Biologically Inspired Hybrid Nanodevices / David Wendell, Eric Dy, Jordan Patti and Carlo D. Montemagno, p. 401-418.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
  • Digital
    Kamel A. Abd-Elsalam, Ram Prasad, editors.
    Summary: Nanobiotechnology Applications in Plant Protection: Volume 2 continues the important and timely discussion of nanotechnology applications in plant protection and pathology, filling a gap in the literature for nano applications in crop protection. Nanobiopesticides and nanobioformulations are examined in detail and presented as powerful alternatives for eco-friendly management of plant pathogens and nematodes. Leading scholars discuss the applications of nanobiomaterials as antimicrobials, plant growth enhancers and plant nutrition management, as well as nanodiagnostic tools in phytopathology and magnetic and supramagnetic nanostructure applications for plant protection. This second volume includes exciting new content on the roles of biologically synthesized nanoparticles in seed germination and zinc-based nanostructures in protecting against toxigenic fungi. Also included is new research in phytotoxicity, nano-scale fertilizers and nanomaterial applications in nematology and discussions on Botyris grey mold and nanobiocontrol. This book also explores the potential effects on the environment, ecosystems and consumers and addresses the implications of intellectual property for nanobiopesticides. Further discussed are nanotoxicity effects on the plant ecosystem and nano-applications for the detection, degradation and removal of pesticides.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors; About the Editors;
    Chapter 1: Intellectual Property Rights in Nano-biopesticides; 1.1 Nano-biopesticides-An Overview; 1.2 Intellectual Property Rights-Where Does IPR Meet Nano-biopesticides; 1.3 Introduction to IPR Tools (WIPO and WTO); 1.4 Patenting Trends in Nano-biopesticides; 1.5 Mitigating Potential Risks; 1.6 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 2: Application of Nanomaterials in Plant Disease Diagnosis and Management; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Application of Nanomaterials in the Detection and Diagnosis of Plant Diseases 2.3 Application of Nanoparticles and Nanomaterials in Plant Disease Management2.3.1 Effect of Nanoparticles on Plant Pathogenic Fungi; 2.3.1.1 Silver Nanoparticles; 2.3.1.2 Zinc Nanoparticles; 2.3.1.3 Sulfur Nanoparticles; 2.3.1.4 Copper Nanoparticles; 2.3.2 Effect of Nanoparticles on Bacteria; 2.3.2.1 Silver Nanoparticles; 2.3.2.2 Zinc Nanoparticles; 2.3.2.3 Copper Nanoparticles; 2.3.2.4 Other Nanoparticles; 2.4 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 3: Bio-Engineered Nanomaterials for Plant Growth Promotion and Protection; 3.1 Introduction; 3.1.1 Nano-Biotechnology; 3.1.2 Nano-Nutrition 3.2 Green Nanoparticles for Plant Growth Promotion and Protection3.2.1 Effect of Nano-carbon on Plant Growth Promotion and Protection; 3.2.1.1 Effect of Fullerene; 3.2.1.2 Effects of Single-Walled Carbon Nanotubes (SWCNTs) and Multiwalled Carbon Nanotubes (MWCNTS); 3.3 Metal Nanoparticles; 3.3.1 Cu and CuO Nanoparticles; 3.3.2 ZnO Nanoparticles; 3.3.3 TiO2 Nanoparticles; 3.3.4 Silver Nanoparticles; 3.3.5 CeO2 Nanoparticles; 3.3.6 SiO2 Nanoparticles; 3.3.7 Gold Nanoparticles; 3.3.8 Iron Oxide Nanoparticles; 3.4 Conclusions; References
    Chapter 4: Zinc-Based Nanostructures in Plant Protection Applications4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Applications; 4.2.1 Pesticides; 4.2.2 Insecticides; 4.2.3 Postharvest Applications; 4.2.4 Zinc-Based Nanomaterials Against Plant Pathogens; 4.2.5 Positive Effects of Zn NPs on Plant Growth; 4.2.6 Negative Effects of Zn NPs on Plant Growth; 4.2.7 Fertilizers; 4.2.8 Pesticide Nanosensing and Photocatalytic Degradation; 4.2.9 Effect of ZnO NPs on Soil Microbial Activity; 4.3 Microbial Mechanism; 4.4 Phytotoxicity; 4.5 Conclusion; References
    Chapter 5: Botrytis Gray Mold Nano- or Biocontrol: Present Status and Future Prospects5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Synthetic Fungicides; 5.2.1 Prospects Concerning Synthetic Fungicide Application; 5.2.2 Fungicide Resistance; 5.3 Nanofungicides; 5.3.1 Potential Implications of Nanofungicides; 5.4 Biofungicides; 5.4.1 Application of Biopolymers as Biofungicides; 5.4.2 Essential Oils as Potential Biofungicides; 5.4.3 Plant Extracts; 5.4.4 Biocontrol Agents; 5.4.4.1 Trichoderma Species; 5.4.4.2 Bacillus Species; 5.4.4.3 Yeasts as Potential Antagonists; 5.4.4.4 Phytochemicals and Antioxidants
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Khalid Rehman Hakeem, Tanveer Bilal Pirzadah, editors.
    Summary: Agriculture is considered as a backbone of developing nations as it caters the needs of the people, directly or indirectly. The global agriculture currently faces enormous challenges like land degradation and reduced soil fertility, shrinking of land, low production yield, water accessibility and a dearth of labor due to evacuation of individuals from farming. Besides, the global population increases at an exponential rate and it is predicted that the global population will be 9 billion by 2050 that in turn leads to food crisis in near future. Although, green revolution revolutionizes the agriculture sector by enhancing the yield but it was not considered as a sustainable approach. Exorbitant use of chemical fertilizers and pesticides to boost the crop yield is definitely not a convenient approach for agriculture sustainability in the light of the fact that these chemical fertilizers are considered as double-edged sword, which on one hand enhance the crop yield but at the same time possess deleterious effect on the soil microflora and thus declines its fertility. Besides, it cause irreversible damage to the soil texture and disrupts the equilibrium in the food chain across ecosystem, which might in turn lead to genetic mutations in future generations of consumers. Thus, the increased dependence on fabricated agricultural additives during and post green revolution has generated serious issues pertaining to sustainability, environmental impact and health hazards. Therefore, nano-biotechnology has emerged as a promising tool to tackle the above problems especially in the agriculture sector. Nano-agribusiness is an emerged field to enhance crop yield, rejuvenate soil health, provide precision farming and stimulate plant growth. Nano-biotechnology is an essential tool in modern agriculture and is considered as a primary economic driver in near future. It is evaluated that joining of cutting edge nanotechnology in agribusiness would push the worldwide monetary development to approximately US$ 3.4 trillion by 2020 which clearly indicates that how agri-nanobiotechnology plays a pivotal role in the agricultural sector, without any negative impact on the environment and other regulatory issues of biosafety. Agri-nanobiotechnology is an innovative green technology, which provides the solution to global food security, sustainability and climate change. The current book is presenting the role of nano-biotechnology in modern agriculture and how it plays a pivotal role to boost the agri-business.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Nanotechnology: An Overview
    1 Introduction
    2 Categorization of Nano-agrochemicals
    2.1 Nano-fertilizers
    Nano-composite Polymers
    2.2 Nano-biosensors
    2.3 Nano-clays
    2.4 Nano-pesticides
    Formulations Aiming to Increase the Solubility of Poorly Water-Soluble Compounds
    3 Formulations Aimed for Controlled/Targeted Release and/or Protect Active Ingredients Against Premature Degradation
    3.1 Polymer-Based Formulations
    3.2 Porous Hollow Silica Nanoparticles
    3.3 Nano-metals 13 Conclusions
    References
    Nano-enabled Agriculture Can Sustain "Farm to Fork" Chain
    1 Introduction
    2 Disease Management Through Nanotechnology
    2.1 Nanobarcodes
    2.2 Nanosensors
    3 Enhanced Food Safety Through Sensors for the Detection of Pathogens or Freshness
    3.1 Freshness and Spoilage Indicators
    4 Nanotechnology in Enhancing Soil Security
    5 Important Nanoparticles in the Agro-Industry
    5.1 Chitosan Nanoparticles (CNP)
    5.2 TiO2 Nanoparticles
    5.3 Multi-Walled Carbon Nanotubes (MWCNTs) Nanoparticles
    5.4 Silicon Nanoparticles
    5.5 Zinc Oxide Nanoparticles 4 Nano-agrochemicals Versus Conventional Agrochemicals
    4.1 Solubility and Dispersion of Mineral Micro-nutrients
    4.2 Nutrient Uptake Efficiency
    4.3 Controlled Release Modes
    4.4 Effective Duration of Nutrient Release
    4.5 Loss Rate of Fertilizer Nutrients
    5 Conclusion and Future Perspective
    References
    Nanotechnology: A Boost for the Urgently Needed Second Green Revolution in Indian Agriculture
    1 Introduction
    2 Applications of Nanotechnology and Nanomaterials in Agriculture and Food Sector
    3 Nanotechnology and Agriculture Sector 4 Smart Delivery Systems for Pests, Nutrients, and Plant Hormones
    5 Nano-formulations for the Control of Plant Diseases
    5.1 Nanotechnology for Detecting Plant Diseases
    6 Plant Pathogens in Biosynthesis of Nanoparticles
    6.1 Fungi
    6.2 Bacteria
    6.3 Plant Virus
    7 Amalgamation of Nanotechnology and Crop Biotechnology
    8 Nanoparticles and Recycling Agricultural Waste
    9 Nanotechnology in Food Sector
    10 Risk Assessment of Nanomaterials in Agriculture and Food Sector
    11 Socio-Economic Issues of Agricultural Nanotechnology
    12 Current and Future Developments 6 Plant Induced Resistance Through Nanoparticles
    7 Engineered Water Nanostructures to Treat Food Surfaces to Reduce Pathogen Presence
    8 Therapeutic Nanoparticles Deliver Nutrients to Agricultural Crops Against Various Deficiencies
    9 Genetic Material Delivery via Nanoparticle-Mediated Chloroplast Transgene Delivery
    10 Conclusion and Perspective
    References
    Role of Nanotechnology in Crop Improvement
    1 Introduction
    2 Agro-Nanotechnology and Crop Improvement
    3 Role of Nanotechnology for Enhancement of Plant Biomass and Yield Production
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Ram Prasad, Vivek Kumar, Manoj Kumar, Devendra Choudhary, editors.
    Summary: With the recent shift of chemical fertilizers and pesticides to organic agriculture, the employment of microbes that perform significant beneficial functions for plants has been highlighted. This book presents timely discussion and coverage on the use of microbial formulations, which range from powdered or charcoal-based to solution and secondary metabolite-based bioformulations. Bioformulation development of biofertilizers and biopesticides coupled with the advantages of nanobiotechnology propose significant applications in the agricultural section including nanobiosensors, nanoherbicides, and smart transport systems for the regulated release of agrochemical. Moreover, the formulation of secondary metabolites against individual phytopathogens could be used irrespective of geographical positions with higher disease incidences. The prospective advantages and uses of nanobiotechnology generate tremendous interest, as it could augment production of agricultural produce while being cost-effective both energetically and economically. This bioformulation approach is incomparable to existing technology, as the bioformulation would explicitly target the particular pathogen without harming the natural microbiome of the ecosystem. Nanobiotechnology in Bioformulations covers the constraints associated with large-scale development and commercialization of bioinoculant formations. Furthermore, exclusive emphasis is be placed on next-generation efficient bioinoculants having secondary metabolite formulations with longer shelf life and advanced competence against several phytopathogens. Valuable chapters deal with bioformulation strategies that use divergent groups of the microbiome and include detailed diagrammatic and pictorial representation. This book will be highly beneficial for both experts and novices in the fields of microbial bioformulation, nanotechnology, and nano-microbiotechnology. It discusses the prevailing status and applications available for microbial researchers and scientists, agronomists, students, environmentalists, agriculturists, and agribusiness professionals, as well as to anyone devoted to sustaining the ecosystem.

    Contents:
    Preface
    1. Application of novel bio-formulation of microbes for biocontrol agent
    2. Nano analysis of drugs and agrochemicals in environmental samples
    3. Stimuli responsive nanoparticles for drug delivery applications
    4. Green synthesis approaches of nanoagroparticles
    5. Herbonanoceutical: Novel beginning in drug discovery and therapeutics
    6. Functionalization of nanoparticles as microbial control
    7. Recent developments on antimicrobial nanocomposites for improving indoor air quality
    8. An insight into nano-biofertilizers for sustainable agriculture
    9. Nanotechnology: A successful approach to improve nutraceutical bioavailability
    10. Nano-based pesticides: challenges for pest Management
    11. Application of Nanotechnology in Plant Protection by Phytopathogens: Present and future prospects
    12. Nanotechnology in Nutraceuticals Delivery and Bioavailability
    13. Metallic nanoparticles and nanoformulations: as nanofungicides for sustainable disease management in plants
    14. Interaction of microorganisms with nanomaterials as a basis for creating high-efficiency biotechnological preparations
    15. Bio-based Nanoemulsion Formulations Applicable in Agriculture, Medicine, and Food Protection
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Mahendra Rai, Alka Yadav, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on neurodegenerative diseases which have become a major threat to human health. Neurodegenerative diseases are age related disorders and have become increasingly prevalent in the elderly population in recent years. Hence, there is an urgent need to study and develop new strategies and alternative methods for the treatment of neurodegenerative diseases. This book showcases the promises that nanobiotechnology brings in research, diagnosis, and treatment of neurodegenerative diseases. It is very beneficial for varied group of readers including nanotechnologists, biotechnologists, pharmacists, medical professionals, bioengineers, biochemists and researchers working in this field. Nanobiotechnology in Neurodegenerative Diseases include various chapters including neurodegeneration and neurodegenerative diseases, nanotechnology for the rescue of neurodegenerative diseases, promising potential of nanomaterials for diagnosis and therapy of neurodegenerative diseases, nanotechnology mediated nose-to-brain drug delivery, and formulation and characterization of intranasal nanoparticles of antiretroviral drugs.

    Contents:
    Neurodegenerative Diseases: The Real Problem and Nanobiotechnological Solutions
    Nanotechnology at the Rescue of Neurodegenerative Diseases: Tools for Early Diagnostic
    The Role of Nanomedicine in treatment for Neurodegenerative disorders
    Nanobiotechnology in Neurodegenerative Diseases
    Application of Mycogenic Nanoparticles against Neurodegenerative diseases
    Nanotechnology-mediated nose to brain drug delivery for neurodegenerative disorders
    Nanobiotechnology in Parkinson's disease
    Selenium nanoparticles as therapeutic agents in Neurodegenerative diseases
    Role of Supermagnetic nanoparticles in Alzheimer, s disease
    Nanomedicines for improved antiretroviral therapy in Neuro-AIDS
    Nanocarrier mediated drug delivery systems for neurodegenerative diseases
    Gold nanoparticles in diagnosis and treatment of Alzheimer's disease
    Nano-Lipidic Carriers as Potential Drug Delivery Vehicles in Alzheimer's Disease
    Curcumin and its nanoformulations as therapeutic for Alzheimer's disease
    Nanopharmaceuticals for the Improved Treatment of Cerebral Stroke.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Sumera Javad, Ayesha Butt, editors.
    Summary: This work synthesizes research and practical work, including various techniques and applications of botany and nanoparticles, including enzymology, pharmaceuticals, phenolics, antioxidants, metal particles, synthesis of nanoparticles by plants and microbes, and more. The text discusses the latest research as well as key sources of information condensed from other scholars across the globe, providing a comprehensive resource for scholars working in nanobotany, as well as chemists and researchers in the pharmaceutical industry.

    Contents:
    Intro; Dedication; Preface; Contents; List of Figures; List of Plates; List of Tables;
    Chapter 1: Plants and Nanoworld: an Introduction; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Plant Metabolites; 1.3 Classes and Number of Secondary Metabolites; 1.4 Terpenoids; 1.4.1 Mono and Sesqui-terpenoids, and Phenylpropanoids; 1.4.2 Diterpenoids; 1.4.3 Functions; 1.4.4 Plant Families Rich in Terpenoids; 1.5 Alkaloids; 1.5.1 Families Rich in Alkaloids; 1.6 Phenolic Compounds; 1.6.1 Flavonoids; 1.6.2 Flavones; 1.6.2.1 Flavan-3-ols; 1.6.2.2 Isoflavones; 1.6.2.3 Plant Families Rich in Phenolic Compounds; 1.7 Tannins. 1.7.1 Plant Families Rich in Tannins1.8 Glycosides; 1.8.1 Categories of Glycosides; 1.8.2 Families Rich in Glycosides; 1.9 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 2: Advanced Concept of Green Synthesis of Metallic Nanoparticles by Reducing Phytochemicals; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Role of Phytochemicals in Nanoparticles Synthesis; 2.3 Nanoparticles Synthesis from Plant Parts and Whole Plant; 2.4 Reproducibility of Nanoparticles; 2.5 Nanoparticles Synthesis from Phytochemicals/Plant Metabolites; 2.5.1 Nanoparticles Synthesis from Terpenoids; 2.5.2 Nanoparticles Synthesis from Flavonoids. 2.5.3 Nanoparticles Synthesis from Sugars2.5.4 Nanoparticles Synthesis from Proteins; 2.6 Mechanism of Metallic Nanoparticles Synthesis; 2.7 Potential Plants (Phytochemicals) for Synthesis of Nanoparticles; 2.8 Conclusion; 2.9 Future Prospects; References;
    Chapter 3: Classification of Green Nanoparticles; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Green Nanotechnology; 3.3 Plants and Green Nanotechnology; 3.4 Green Nanoparticles; 3.5 Nanoparticles Composition; 3.6 Basic Approaches for Nanoparticles Synthesis; 3.7 Methods for the Green Synthesis of Nanoparticles; 3.7.1 Chemical Synthesis of Nanoparticles. 3.8 Types of Nanoparticles3.9 Benefits of Green Synthesis Over the Chemical Synthesis; 3.10 Gold Nanoparticles; 3.11 Silver Nanoparticles; 3.12 Copper Nanoparticles; 3.13 Iron Nanoparticles; 3.14 Palladium Nanoparticles; 3.15 Platinum Nanoparticles; 3.16 Selenium Nanoparticles; 3.17 Titanium Nanoparticles; 3.18 Zinc Oxide Nanoparticles; 3.19 Applications of Green Nanoparticles; 3.20 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 4: Nanofibers and Nanowires; 4.1 Fundamentals of Nanomaterials; 4.2 Introduction to Nano Fibers and Nanowires; 4.3 One-Dimensional Nanomaterials; 4.4 Types of Nanowires. 4.5 Properties of Nanofibers and Nanowires4.5.1 Mechanical Properties; 4.5.2 Optical Properties; 4.5.3 Electrical Properties; 4.6 Nano Fibers and Nanowires Synthesis Techniques; 4.6.1 Template Based Growth; 4.6.2 Phase Separation; 4.6.3 Self-Assembly; 4.6.4 Electrospinning; 4.6.5 Template-Free (Interfacial Polymerization); 4.6.6 Vapor-Liquid-Solid (VLS) Growth; 4.6.7 Hydrothermal Synthesis; 4.6.8 Sol-Gel Synthesis; 4.7 Applications of Nanofibers; 4.7.1 Carbon Nanotubes; 4.7.2 Difference in Carbon Nanotubes and Nanofibers; 4.7.3 Biological and Chemical Application of Nanofibers/Wires.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Sabine Szunerits, Rabah Boukherroub, Alison Downard, Jun-Jie Zhu.
    Contents:
    1. Electroanalysis with carbon film-based electrodes
    2. Carbon nanofibers for electroanalysis
    3. Carbon nanomaterials for neuroanalytical chemistry
    4. Carbon and graphene dots for electrochemical sensing
    5. Electroanalytical applications of graphene
    6. Graphene/gold nanoparticles for electrochemical sensing
    7. Recent advances in electrochemical biosensors based on Fullerene-C60 nano-structured platforms
    8. Micro- and nano-structured diamond in electrochemistry: fabrication and application
    9. Electroanalysis with C₃N₄ and SiC nanostructures.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Mohamad Jawaid and Faruq Mohammad.
    Summary: This first book on nanocellulose and nanohydrogels for biomedical applications is unique in discussing recent advancements in the field, resulting in a comprehensive, well-structured overview of nanocellulose and nanohydrogel materials based nanocomposites. The book covers different types of nanocellulose materials and their recent developments in the drug delivery and nanomedicine sector, along with synthesis, characterization, as well as applications in the biotechnological and biomedical fields. The book also covers the current status and future perspectives of bacterial cellulose and polyester hydrogel matrices, their preparation, characterization, and tissue engineering applications of water soluble hydrogel matrices obtained from biodegradable sources. In addition, the chitosan-based hydrogel and nanogel matrices, their involvement in the current biofabrication technologies, and influencing factors towards the biomedical sector of biosensors, biopharmaceuticals, tissue engineering appliances, implant materials, diagnostic probes and surgical aids are very well documented. Further, the history of cellulose-based and conducting polymer-based nanohydrogels, their classification, synthesis methods and applicability to different sectors, the challenges associated with their use, recent advances on the inhibitors of apoptosis proteins are also included. The recent developments and applications in the drug delivery sector gives an overview of facts about the nanofibrillated cellulose and copoly(amino acid) hydrogel matrices in the biotechnology and biomedicine field. This book serves as an essential reference for researchers and academics in chemistry, pharmacy, microbiology, materials science and biomedical engineering.

    Contents:
    Application of Nanocellulose for Controlled Drug Delivery / Lalduhsanga Pachuau
    Bacterial Cellulose and Polyester Hydrogel Matrices in Biotechnology and Biomedicine: Current Status and Future Prospects / Rajnikant Borkar, Sanghratna S Waghmare, Tanvir Arfin
    Bacterial Nanocellulose Applications for Tissue Engineering / Muhammed Lamin Sanyang, Naheed Saba, Mohammad Jawaid, Faruq Mohammad, Mohd Sapuan Salit
    Cellulose-Based Nanohydrogels for Tissue Engineering Applications / Kalyani Prusty, Sarat K Swain
    Chitosan-Mediated Layer-by-Layer Assembling Approach for the Fabrication of Biomedical Probes and Advancement of Nanomedicine / Faruq Mohammad, Hamad A Al-Lohedan
    Hydrogels Based on Nanocellulose and Chitosan: Preparation, Characterization, and Properties / Meriem Fardioui, Abou Qaiss, Rachid Bouhfid
    Cellulose Nanocrystals and PEO/PET Hydrogel Material in Biotechnology and Biomedicine: Current Status and Future Prospects / Shoeb Athar, Rani Bushra, Tanvir Arfin
    Conducting Polymer Hydrogels: Synthesis, Properties, and Applications for Biosensors / Yu Zhao
    Nanocellulose and Nanogels as Modern Drug Delivery Systems / Misu Moscovici1, Cristina Hlevca2, Angela Casarica1, Ramona-Daniela Pavaloiu2
    Recent Advances on Inhibitors of Apoptosis Proteins (IAP) Particularly with Reference to Patents / Riyaz Syed, Prema L Mallipeddi, Syed Mohammed Ali Hussaini, Rahul V Patel, A Prasanth Saraswati, Ahmed Kamal
    Nanohydrogels: History, Development, and Applications in Drug Delivery / Muhammad Akram, Rafaqat Hussain
    Nanofibrillated Cellulose and Copoly(amino acid) Hydrogel Matrices in Biotechnology and Biomedicine / Azhar U Khan, Nazia Malik, Tanvir Arfin.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Robert Puers, Livio Baldi, Marcel Van de Voorde, and Sebastiaan E. van Nooten.
    Contents:
    Fundamentals on Nanoelectronics. A Brief History of the Semiconductor Industry / Paolo A Gargini
    More-than-Moore Technologies and Applications / Joachim Pelka, Livio Baldi
    Logic Devices Challenges and Opportunities in the Nano Era / Frédéric Boeuf
    Memory Technologies / Barbara De Salvo, Livio Baldi
    Devices in the Nano Era. Beyond-CMOS Low-Power Devices: Steep-Slope Switches for Computation and Sensing / Adrian M Ionescu
    RF CMOS / Patrick Reynaert, Wouter Steyaert, Marco Vigilante
    Smart Power Devices Nanotechnology / Gaudenzio Meneghesso, Peter Moens, Mikael Östling, Jan Sonsky, Steve Stoffels
    Integrated Sensors and Actuators: Their Nano-Enabled Evolution into the Twenty-First Century / Frederik Ceyssens, Robert Puers
    Advanced Materials and Materials Combinations. Silicon Wafers as a Foundation for Growth / Peter Stallhofer
    Nanoanalysis / Narciso Gambacorti
    Semiconductor Smart Manufacturing. Front-End Processes / Marcello Mariani, Nicolas Possémé
    Lithography for Nanoelectronics / Kurt Ronse
    Reliability of Nanoelectronic Devices / Anthony S Oates, KP Cheung
    Circuit Design in Emerging Nanotechnologies. Logic Synthesis of CMOS Circuits and Beyond / Enrico Macii, Andrea Calimera, Alberto Macii, Massimo Poncino
    System Design in the Cyber-Physical Era / Pierluigi Nuzzo, Alberto Sangiovanni-Vincentelli
    Heterogeneous Systems / Daniel Lapadatu
    Nanotechnologies Testing / Ernesto Sanchez, Matteo Sonza Reorda
    Nanoelectronics-Enabled Sectors and Societal Challenges. Industrial Applications / L Baldi, M Van de Voorde
    Health / Walter De Raedt, Chris Van Hoof
    Smart Energy / Moritz Loske
    Validation of Highly Automated Safe and Secure Vehicles / Michael Paulweber
    Nanotechnology for Consumer Electronics / Hannah M Gramling, Michail E Kiziroglou, Eric M Yeatman
    From Device to Systems. Nanoelectronics for Smart Cities / Joachim Pelka
    Industrialization: Economics/Markets
    Business Values
    European Visions
    Technology Renewal and Extended Functionality. Europe Positioning in Nanoelectronics / Andreas Wild
    Thirty Years of Cooperative Research and Innovation in Europe: The Case for Micro- and Nanoelectronics and Smart Systems Integration / Dirk Beernaert, Eric Fribourg-Blanc
    The Education Challenge in Nanoelectronics / Susanna M Thon, Sean L Evans, Annastasiah Mudiwa Mhaka
    Conclusions / Robert Puers, Livio Baldi, Marcel Van de Voorde.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Mirjana Maksimović, Enisa Omanović-Mikličanin, Almir Badnjević.
    Summary: This book assesses the current challenges and opportunities for the next generation of agriculture and food science. Examining the role of nanotechnology and the application of related tools and techniques to transform the future of food, it also discusses in detail nanotechnology in food production, processing and packaging, as well as the benefits of and concerns regarding nanofoods (nanotoxicity and food forensics). Considering the potential of IoT to revolutionize agriculture and the food industry by radically reducing costs and improving productivity and profits, the book highlights the necessity of integrating IoT and nanotechnology into the next generation of agriculture and food science. Further, it presents a detailed analysis of IoNT implementation, together with the goals that have to be met in order to achieve significant improvements in the agri-food sector. In addition it explores a range of challenges, risks, and concerns that have a direct or indirect impact on nanotechnology and IoNT implementation in agriculture and the food industry. In closing, it discusses the use of green nanotechnology and green IoNT in order to create smart, safe, and sustainable agriculture and healthy food.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Abbreviations; 1 What Food Do We Want to Eat? Is Nanofood Food of Our Future?; References; 2 How Technology Can Help?; 2.1 Wireless Sensor Network (WSN); 2.2 Internet of Things (IoT); 2.3 Nanotechnology; 2.3.1 Internet of Nano Things (IoNT); 2.4 The Role of Nanotechnology and IoNT in Agriculture and Food Sector; 2.4.1 Nanofood; 2.4.2 Plant Production and Protection; 2.4.3 Animal Production; 2.4.4 Food Processing; 2.4.5 Food Packaging; 2.4.6 Food Transportation; 2.4.7 Food Traceability; References; 3 Is Nanofood Safe?; 3.1 Food Forensic 3.1.1 Historical Development of Food Adulteration3.1.2 Food Fraud; 3.1.3 Methods Used in Food Forensics; 3.2 Nanotoxicology; 3.2.1 Environmental Related Nano-Hazards; 3.2.2 Human Health-Related Nano-Hazards; 3.2.3 Risk Assessment and Risk Management; 3.3 Regulatory Issues of Nanotechnology Use in the Agri-Food Industry; 3.3.1 Challenges for Regulating Nanotechnology Utilization in Agriculture and Food Sector; 3.4 Risks and Challenges of IoNT Applications in Agriculture and Food Industry; References; 4 Solution?; 4.1 Green Nanotechnology; 4.1.1 Green Synthesis of Nanomaterials 4.1.2 The Applications of Green Synthesized Nanomaterials4.1.3 Risk Assessment and Risk Management; 4.1.4 Regulatory Issues; 4.2 Green IoNT; 4.3 Solutions for IoNT Risks; References; 5 Conclusion
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    David G. Capco, Yongsheng Chen, editors.
    Contents:
    Presence in, and release of, nanomaterials from consumer products / Yu Yang and Paul Westerhoff
    Nanoparticle aggregation: principles and modeling / Wen Zhang
    Influences of nanomaterials on the barrier function of epithelial cells / Shariq Ali and Erik Rytting
    Engineered nanoparticles induced brush border disruption in a human model of the intestinal epithelium / James J. Faust, Benjamin M. Masserano, Adam H. Mielke, Anup Abraham, and David G. Capco
    Nanoparticles: cellular uptake and cytotoxicity / Isaac M. Adjei, Blanka Sharma and Vinod Labhasetwar
    Atomic force microscopy study of the interaction of DNA and nanoparticles / Kungang LI, Songyan Du, Steven Van Ginkel, and Yongsheng Chen
    Intracellular signal modulation by nanomaterials / Salik Hussain, Stavros Garantziotis, Fernando Rodrigues-Lima, Jean-Marie Dupret, Armelle Baeza-Squiban, Sonja Boland
    Nanomaterials: impacts on cells and cell organelles / Željka Krpetić, Sergio Anguissola, David Garry, Philip Kelly and Kenneth A. Dawson
    Design, synthesis, and functionalization of nanoparticles for therapeutic drug delivery / Taraka Sai Pavan Grandhi and Kaushal Rege
    Preparation of nanoscale pulmonary drug delivery formulations by spray drying / Adam Bohr, Christian A. Ruge, and Moritz Beck-Broichsitter
    Nanomedicine: the promise and challenges in cancer chemotherapy / Youssef W. Naguib and Zhengrong Cui
    Transgenerational effects of NMs / Anna Poma, Sabrina Colafarina, Gabriella Fontecchio, and Giuseppe Chichiricco
    Stem cells and nanomaterials / Maria-Claude Hofmann.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Amitabha Acharya, editors.
    Summary: This book comprehensively reviews the recent advances in nanomaterial-based molecular imaging, diagnostics, and personalized therapy. It discusses the novel biocompatible fluorescent nanomaterials, their synthesis, and modern state of art characterization, as well as the various strategies for immobilization of biomacromolecules on the nanomaterial surface and approaches for increasing their stability. In addition, the book describes the synthesis of lectin nanoconjugates using different types of biocompatible raw materials and their systematic characterization. Lastly, it presents our current understanding of the biomolecular carona, which affects nanoparticle-based targeted drug delivery, and examines the conceptual approaches to improve the in-vivo efficacy of targeted drug delivery.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Nanomaterials: From research to personalized medicine
    Chapter 2. Introduction to molecular imaging, diagnostics and therapy
    Chapter 3. Biocompatible fluorescent nanomaterials for molecular imaging applications
    Chapter 4. Nanomaterials for Point of Care Disease Detection
    Chapter 5. Biomolecules immobilized nanomaterials and their biological applications
    Chapter 6. Lectin nanoconjugates for targeted therapeutic applications
    Chapter 7. Plant Based Polymeric Nanomaterials for Biomedical Applications
    Chapter 8. Nanomaterials at the biological interphase: Protein corona formation and infusion
    Chapter 9. Critical overview of the subject: Current scenario and future prospects.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Nilesh Sharma, Shivendra Sahi, editors.
    Summary: The range of nanomaterial applications has expanded recently from catalysis, electronics, and filtration to therapeutics, diagnostics, agriculture, and food because of the unique properties and potentials of different nanoparticles and nanomaterials. Research shows that these exquisite particles can interact with an organism at the cellular, physiological, biochemical, and molecular levels. Our knowledge, however, of how they affect these changes, selectively or generally, in diverse organisms or ecosystems is very limited and far from satisfactory. Data indicate that the biological function largely depends on the shape, size, and surface characteristics of the nanoparticles used along with life cycle stages of an organism. This book focuses on the body of work carried out by distinguished investigators using diverse nanomaterials in both plant and animal species. It includes specific case studies as well as general reviews highlighting aspects of multilayered interactions. This volume provides a comprehensive resource for academic scholars, as well as for researchers in the concerned industries and policy makers.

    Contents:
    Application of Titanium Dioxide Nanoparticles in Consumer Products Raises Human Health Concerns: Lessons from Murine Models of Toxicity
    Zebrafish Models of Nanotoxicity: A Comprehensive Account
    Caenorhabditis elegans: A Unique Animal Model to Study Soil-Nanoparticles-Organism Interactions
    Response to Engineered Nanomaterials in Arabidopsis thaliana, a Model Plant
    Metal Oxide Nanoparticle Toxicity in Aquatic Organisms: An Overview of Methods and Mechanisms
    Responses of Terrestrial Plants to Metallic Nanomaterial Exposure: Mechanistic Insights, Emerging Technologies, and New Research Avenues
    Cerium and Titanium Oxide Nanoparticles Increase Algal Growth and Nutrient Accumulation in Rice Paddy Environments
    Application of Metal Oxide Nanomaterials in Agriculture: Benefit or Bane?
    The Role of Zinc Oxide Nanoparticles in Plants: A Critical Appraisal
    Fate and Effects of Engineered Nanomaterials in Agricultural Systems
    Interaction of Food-Grade Nanotitania with Human and Mammalian Cell Lines Derived from GI Tract, Liver, Kidney, Lung, Brain, and Heart
    Green Engineering of Silver Nanoparticles Using Leucas aspera Extract: Cytotoxic Efficacy in HeLa Cell Line
    Nanoparticles-Mediated Interventions to Prevent Herpes Simplex Virus (HSV) Entry into Susceptible Hosts
    Nanoparticle Biosynthesis and Interaction with the Microbial Cell, Antimicrobial and Antibiofilm Effects, and Environmental Impact
    The Chemistry behind Nanotoxicological Processes in Living Systems
    Nanomaterial Interaction and Cellular Damage: Involvement of Various Signalling Pathways.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editors, Mahendra Rai and Jayanta Kumar Biswas.
    Summary: The environment is prone to suffer pollution and toxic insult from generations of nanomaterials as well from accidental releases during production, transportation, and disposal operations. The NMs could interact with and cause adverse biological effects at cellular, subcellular, and molecular levels. Assessing potential environmental/ecological risks requires quality information on transport and fate of nanoparticles in the environment, exposures and vulnerabilities of organisms to the nanomaterials and standard methods for assessing toxicity for aquatic or terrestrial organisms and human health. The systematic risk characterization and evaluation of the safety of nanomaterials require a multidisciplinary approach and convergence of knowledge and efforts from researchers and experts from toxicology, biotechnology, materials science, chemistry, physics, engineering, and other branches of life sciences. Although studies are beginning to appear in the literature addressing the toxicity of various nanomaterials and their potential for exposure, at this stage definitive statements regarding the impacts of nanomaterials on human health and the environment remain sketchy requiring an increased level of precautions with regard to nanomaterials, as has happened with other emerging contaminants and technologies (e.g., biotechnology). The need for an increased level of understanding the perception of risk and of benefits will vary and is likely to influence public, regulatory, and non-governmental activities regarding risk and benefit evaluations. Systematic identification and assessment of the risks posed by any new technology are essential. A prudent, integrated, and holistic approach is required to develop best practices based on the scientific understanding about what we know and what we don?t know but need to know. Nanomaterials addresses key issues of ecotoxicological actions and effects of nanomaterials on life and environment, their threats, vulnerability, risks, and public perception. The readers learn to read bad news objectively and think about and search for ecological green solutions to current environmental and ecological problems with blue, grey, brown, and red shades for building a sustainable ecosystem. It shows how this molecular terrain is a common ground for interdisciplinary research and education that will be an essential component of science, engineering and technology in the future. The book is divided into three sections. Section I includes general topics related to ecotoxicity of nanomaterials to microbes, plants, human and environment. Section 2 incorporates risks generated by the use of nanomaterials. Section 3 discusss safety issues and the public.

    Contents:
    PART 1-GENERAL Ecotoxicology Issues with Nanomaterials
    Nanomaterials: What are they, why they cause ecotoxicity, and how this can be dealt with?
    Nano-bio interactions and ecotoxicity: Plenty of room at the bottom but tyranny at the top
    Chemical Structure and toxicity of Nanomaterials used in Food and Food Products
    Toxicity and Safety Evaluation of Nanoclays
    Toxicity of nanoparticles on soil mycoflora
    Ecotoxicity of nanometals: The problems and solutions
    Electrochemical assessment of the interaction and toxicity of carbon nanomaterials on microbial living cells
    Nanotoxicity in Plant Systems
    Nanotoxicity of lipid based nanomedicines
    Toxicity of Silver and zinc Nanoparticles in an aquatic environment
    PART 2-RISKS
    Carbon nanomaterials
    Potential risks to human health and the environment
    Nanoparticles emitted by biomass burning: Characterization and monitoring of risk
    Unintentionally produced nanomaterials and different aspects related to their risks
    PART 3 SAFETY ISSUES AND PUBLIC PERCEPTION
    Nanotechnological regulations in Brazil
    Nanohazards and safety challenges
    Regulatory Framework for Nano-materials in Agri-Food Systems.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Indu Bhushan, Vivek Kumar Singh, Durgesh Kumar Tripathi, editors.
    Summary: Nanotechnology is considered as one of the emerging fields of science. It has applications in different biological and technological fields which deal with the science of materials at nanoscale (10-9). On the other hand, biotechnology is another field that deals with contemporary challenges. Nanobiotechnology fills the gap between these two fields. It merges physical, chemical, and biological principles in a single realm. This combination opens up new possibilities. At nanoscale dimensions, it creates precise nanocrystals and nanoshells. Integrated nanomaterials are used with modified surface layers for compatibility with living systems, improved dissolution in water, or biorecognition leading to enhanced end results in biotechnological systems. These nanoparticles can also be hybridized with additional biocompatible substances in order to amend their qualities to inculcate novel utilities. Nanobiotechnology is used in bioconjugate chemistry by coalescing up the functionality of non-organically obtained molecular components and biological molecules in order to veil the immunogenic moieties for targeted drug delivery, bioimaging and biosensing. This book blends the science of biology, medicine, bioinorganic chemistry, bioorganic chemistry, material and physical sciences, biomedical engineering, electrical, mechanical, and chemical science to present a comprehensive range of advancements. The development of nano-based materials has made for a greater understanding of their characterization, using techniques such as transmission electron microscope, FTIR, X-ray diffraction, scanning electron microscope EDX, and so on. This volume also highlights uses in environmental remediation, environmental biosensors and environmental protection. It also emphasizes the significance of nanobiotechnology to a series of medical applications viz., diagnostics, and therapeutics stem cell technology, tissue engineering enzyme engineering, drug development and delivery. In addition this book also offers a distinctive understanding of nanobiotechnology from researchers and educators and gives a comprehensive facility for future developments and current applications of nanobiotechnology.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Nanoparticles and Plant Interaction with Respect to Stress Response
    Nanoencapsulation technology: Boon to food packaging industries
    Ecotoxicity of Metallic Nanoparticles and Possible Strategies for Risk Assessment
    Tripartite Interaction among Nanoparticles, Symbiotic Microbes and Plants; Current Scenario and Future Perspectives
    Effect of nanoparticles on plant growth and physiology and soil microbes
    Recent Trends and Advancement towards Phyto-Mediated Fabrication of Noble Metallic Nanomaterials: Focus on Silver, Gold, Platinum and Palladium
    Development of environmental biosensors for detection, monitoring and assessment
    Nano-based materials and their synthesis
    Nano based composites and their synthesis
    Appraisal of chitosan-based nanomaterials in enzyme immobilization and probiotics encapsulation
    Nano based drug delivery tools for personalized nanomedicine
    Nano-technology as Potential and Innovative Platform towards Waste Water Treatment: An Overview
    Solid lipid nanoparticles
    Nanotechnology Applications and Synthesis of Graphene as nanomaterial for nanoelectronics
    Efficiency enhancement of renewable energy systems using nanotechnology
    Waste Water and Industrial Effluent Treatment by using Nanotechnology
    Biomolecular and cellular manipulation and detection (Nanofluidics, Micro- and Nanotechnologies in Integrative Biology)
    Bio-based Nano-lubricants for Sustainable Manufacturing
    Nano materials used for delivery of bioactive
    Efficacy of nano-phytochemicals over pure phytochemicals against various cancers: Current trends and future prospects
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Azamal Husen, Muhammad Iqbal, editors.
    Summary: This book discusses the latest developments in plant-mediated fabrication of metal and metal-oxide nanoparticles, and their characterization by using a variety of modern techniques. It explores in detail the application of nanoparticles in drug delivery, cancer treatment, catalysis, and as antimicrobial agent, antioxidant and the promoter of plant production and protection. Application of these nanoparticles in plant systems has started only recently and information is still scanty about their possible effects on plant growth and development. Accumulation and translocation of nanoparticles in plants, and the consequent growth response and stress modulation are not well understood. Plants exposed to these particles exhibit both positive and negative effects, depending on the concentration, size, and shape of the nanoparticles. The impact on plant growth and yield is often positive at lower concentrations and negative at higher ones. Exposure to some nanoparticles may improve the free-radical scavenging potential and antioxidant enzymatic activities in plants and alter the micro-RNAs expression that regulate the different morphological, physiological and metabolic processes in plant system, leading to improved plant growth and yields. The nanoparticles also carry out genetic reforms by efficient transfer of DNA or complete plastid genome into the respective plant genome due to their miniscule size and improved site-specific penetration. Moreover, controlled application of nanomaterials in the form of nanofertilizer offers a more synchronized nutrient fluidity with the uptake by the plant exposed, ensuring an increased nutrient availability. This book addresses these issues and many more. It covers fabrication of different/specific nanomaterials and their wide-range application in agriculture sector, encompassing the controlled release of nutrients, nutrient-use efficiency, genetic exchange, production of secondary metabolites, defence mechanisms, and the growth and productivity of plants exposed to different manufactured nanomaterials. The role of nanofertilizers and nano-biosensors for improving plant production and protection and the possible toxicities caused by certain nanomaterials, the aspects that are little explored by now, have also been generously elucidated.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Part I: Plant-Mediated Synthesis and Applications of Nanomaterials;
    Chapter 1: Nanomaterials and Plant Potential: An Overview; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Type of Engineered NMs; 1.3 Characterization Techniques; 1.4 Physical and Chemical Characters of NMs; 1.5 Application and Impact of NMs; 1.6 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 2: Basic Chemistry and Biomedical Significance of Nanomaterials; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Importance of Nanoscale; 2.3 Nanochemistry; 2.3.1 Quantum Confinement; 2.3.2 Surface Plasmon Resonance (SPR); 2.3.3 Nanoparticle Size Effects 2.3.4 Size Distribution of Nanostructures2.3.5 Shape of Nanoparticles; 2.3.6 Agglomeration of Nanoparticles; 2.3.7 Effect of pH, Ionic Strength, and Temperature on Agglomeration; 2.3.8 Solubility and Phase Transition of Nanoparticles; 2.4 Nanomaterials in Bio-systems; 2.4.1 Micelles and Liposomes; 2.4.2 Microemulsions; 2.4.3 Other Relevant Materials; 2.5 Preparation of Nanostructures for Use in Medicine; 2.5.1 Emulsion-Solvent Evaporation Method; 2.5.2 Double Emulsion and Evaporation Method; 2.5.3 Salting-Out Method; 2.5.4 Emulsion-Diffusion Method 2.5.5 Solvent Displacement/Precipitation Method2.6 Nanoencapsulation and Nanoencapsulated Materials; 2.7 Medical Significance of Nanostructures; 2.8 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 3: Plant-Mediated Fabrication of Gold Nanoparticles and Their Applications; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Fabrication and Characterization of Gold Nanoparticles; 3.2.1 Fabrication of Gold Nanoparticles; 3.2.2 Characterization of Gold Nanoparticles; 3.2.2.1 Ultraviolet-Visible (UV-Vis) Spectroscopy; 3.2.2.2 Microscopy; 3.2.2.3 X-Ray Diffraction (XRD); 3.2.2.4 Dynamic Light Scattering (DLS) and Zeta Potential Analysis 3.2.2.5 Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy (FTIR)3.3 Factors Affecting the Fabrication; 3.3.1 Temperature; 3.3.2 pH; 3.3.3 Incubation Time; 3.3.4 Plant Biomass Concentration; 3.4 Applications of Gold Nanoparticles; 3.4.1 Antimicrobial Agents; 3.4.2 Catalytic Activity and Water Purification; 3.4.3 Antioxidant Potential; 3.4.4 Photochemical Agents; 3.4.5 Plant Response to Gold Nanoparticles; 3.4.6 Biomedical Application; 3.5 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 4: Green Synthesis of Gold Nanoparticles by Using Natural Gums; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Description of Various Gums 4.3 Synthesis of AuNPs4.3.1 Reaction Mechanism; 4.4 Characterization of AuNPs; 4.4.1 EDX Analysis; 4.4.2 Dynamic Light Scattering (DLS); 4.4.3 XRD Analysis; 4.5 Applications; 4.6 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 5: Plant-Based Fabrication of Silver Nanoparticles and Their Application; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Fabrication and Characterization of Ag NPs; 5.3 Factors Affecting Fabrication of Ag NPs; 5.3.1 Temperature; 5.3.2 pH; 5.3.3 Incubation Time; 5.3.4 Plant Biomass Concentration; 5.4 Applications of Ag NPs; 5.4.1 Antimicrobial; 5.4.2 Biomedical Application
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Manish Srivastava, Neha Srivastava, P.K. Mishra, Vijai Kumar Gupta, editors.
    Summary: As renewable energy sources, biofuels have tremendous potential to replace fossil fuels in future energy scenarios, offering green alternative energy sources. However, though such fuels could mean a significant reduction in environmental pollution, they are still far from practical implementation due to their high production costs and technical issues. Consequently, efforts are being made around the globe to achieve the cost-effective production of biofuels. In this context, the use of nanomaterials to improve biofuels production efficiency is a vital, emerging area. Nanomaterials are attracting attention due to their versatile physicochemical properties and may improve the production process for various biofuels by acting as catalysts. However, this area is still in its infancy. To improve the practical viability of the biofuels production process, it is essential to focus on the specific type of nanomaterial used, its synthesis, and its specific effects on the process parameters. This book explores the potential advantages and feasibility of various aspects of nanomaterials with regard to improving the current biofuels production process, making it a valuable resource for a broad readership.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Biofuel; types and process overview
    Chapter 2. Applications of plant based natural products to synthesize nanomaterial-Part-i
    Chapter 3. Application of plant based natural product to synthesize nanomaterial-Part-2
    Chapter 4. Green synthesis approach to fabricate nanomaterials
    Chapter 5. Nanomaterials; types, synthesis and characterization
    Chapter 6. Nanotechnology: an application in biofuel production nanomaterial synthesis and mechanism for enzyme immobilization-part-i
    Chapter 7. Nanomaterial synthesis and mechanism for enzyme immobilization-part-ii
    Chapter 8. Nanomaterial synthesis and mechanism for enzyme immobilization-part-ii
    Chapter 9. Nanomaterials immobilized biocatalysts for biofuel production from lignocellulose biomass
    Chapter 10. Carbon nanotubes synthesized by green/ecofriendly technique potential for bioenergy applications
    Chapter 11. Synthesis of iron oxide nanomaterials for biofuels applications.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Robert A. Freitas.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Basic capabilities
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R856 .F74
    1
  • Digital
    Mahfoozur Rahman, Sarwar Beg, Vikas Kumar, Farhan Jalees Ahmad, editors.
    Summary: Nanotechnology is opening up new avenues in all scientific and technological fields. Among the novel applications, bioactives and nutraceuticals are fast-growing areas of nano research for better healthcare solutions. A variety of nanoformulations, such as polymeric nanoparticles, nanocapsules, nanoemulsions, transferosomes and ethosomes, liposomes, lipospheres, and lipid polymer hybrid nanoparticles have proved valuable in bioactive delivery and food materials. Further, new herbal drugs and nutraceuticals are reported to have remarkable advantages over conventional formulations of plant actives and extracts, including enhanced solubility, bioavailability, multiple drug delivery, greater stability, sustained delivery, improved tissue macrophage distribution, protection from toxicity, enhancement of pharmacological activity and protection from physical and chemical degradation. This book focuses on the advanced nanomaterials that are utilized for the encapsulation of nutrients/vitamin/phytoconstituents, as well as their other healthcare benefits.

    Contents:
    1) Ganoderic acid for anticancer applications: Scope of nanomedicine in its effective delivery
    2) Vitamin E based nanomedicines for anticancer drug delivery
    3) Rutin based phytomedicines for cancer benefit
    4) Nanoformulated Drug Delivery of Potential Betulinic Acid Derivatives: A Promising Approach toward Cancer Therapy
    5) Quercetin Loaded Nanomedicine as Oncotherapy
    6) Polyunsaturated fatty acids loaded nanomedicine for solid tumor
    7) Rutin based phytomedicines for cancer benefit
    8) Quercetin Loaded Nanomedicine as Oncotherapy
    9) Quercetin Loaded Nanomedicine as Nutritional Applications
    10) Polyphenols loaded nanomedicines against skin aging
    11) Polyphenols loaded nanomedicines against skin aging
    12) LIPID NANOCARRIERS FOR DERMAL DELIVERY OF LUTEIN
    13) Bioactive flavonoid apigenin and its nanoformulations: a promising hope for diabetes and cancer
    14) Therapeutic potential of 'Aegeline an important phytochemical of Aegle marmelos: Current Health perspectives for the treatment of disease
    15) EPIGALOCATECHIN-3-GALLATE LOADED NANOCARRIERS FOR HEALTH BENEFITS
    16) Clove oil / Eugenol as the nanotechnological perspective for healthcare applications
    17) Clove oil / Eugenol as the nanotechnological perspective for healthcare applications.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Lara Scheherazade Milane, Mansoor M. Amiji.
    Contents:
    Fundamentals of immunology and inflammation / Michael E. Woods
    Principles of nanomedicine / Wilson S. Meng and Jelena M. Janjic
    Nanotoxicity / Angie S. Morris and Aliasger K. Salem
    Translational nanomedicine / Lara Milane
    Inflammatory bowel disease
    Multiple sclerosis
    Asthma
    Neurodegenerative disease / Neha N. Parayath, Grishma Pawar, Charul Avachat, Marcel Menon Miyake, Benjamin Bleier, and Mansoor Amiji
    Cancer / Lara Milane
    Diabetes / Antonio J Ribeiro, Marlene Lopes, Raquel Monteiro, Gaia Cilloni, Francisco Veiga, Pharm.D; P. Arnaud.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    Xue Xue, editor.
    Summary: This book provides an overview of the current applications of nanomaterials in brain diseases, and introduces several novel nanomaterials that have excellent potential in this field. During the last two decades, nanotechnology had matured significantly as it has transitioned from a bench-top science to an applied technology. However, the application of nanomaterials in basic and clinical neuroscience is still at an early stage, and understanding how the intrinsic properties of nanomaterials translate to complex biological responses is an area of intensive research. Part 1 of the book focuses on the principles and strategies of nanomedicine in the brain diseases, while part 2 examines the applications of promising nanomaterials for therapy and diagnosis in the brain. Together they offer a comprehensive picture of advances in nanotechnology and their successful use in treating brain diseases in the past 20 years.

    Contents:
    Introduction: Nanomedicine in the Brain
    The Strategies of Nanomaterials for Traversing Blood-Brain Barrier
    The Strategies of Nanomaterials for Drug Delivery and Release
    The Strategies of Nanomaterials for Therapy
    The Strategies of Nanomaterials for Diagnostic and Imaging
    Nanoenzyme
    Biomacromolecule-Based Nanomedicine
    Carbon-Based Nanomedicine
    Polymeric Nanomedicine
    Magnetic Nanomedicine
    Boron Neutron Capture Nanomedicines.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Lajos P. Balogh.
    Summary: "This book is the first in a series compiling highly cited articles in nanomedicine recently. The series is edited by Lajos P. Balogh, a prominent nanotechnology researcher and journal editor. The first book content is about nanotechnology in cancer research. It also includes a wide variety of must-know topics that will appeal to any researcher involved in nanomedicine, macromolecular science, cancer therapy, and drug delivery research. These 31 articles collected here have already acquired more than 3500 citations (i.e., over a hundred on average), highlighting the importance and recognized professional interest of the scientists working in this field. "--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Aruna Sharma, Hari Shanker Sharma.
    Summary: 'Nanoneuroprotection and Nanoneurotoxicology,' Volume 245 of the Progress in Brain Research series, deals with recent developments in the field of neurotoxicity and neuroprotection using nanobiotechnology for the first time. Chapters in this updated release include Sleep deprivation induced brain pathology and concussive head trauma-Neuroprotective effects of nanowired delivery of drugs and hormones, Nanomedicine in Alzheimer’s Disease: amyloid beta targeting strategy, How traumatic brain injury alters amino acids balance in the central nervous system-Neuroprotection by TiO2 nanowired delivery of drugs and antibodies, Nanowired delivery of DL-3-n-butylphthalide and neuroprotection in concussive head injury, Nanodelivery of drugs and antibodies for superior neuroprotection in Alzheimer’s disease, and more. Key Features: Highlights recent development in nanopharmacetical research with reference to brain disease; Provides new insights on the possible role of nanomaterials and their pronounced effects on CNS injury or repair. Readership: Researchers and students of neuroscience, psychology, and the biological sciences interested in nanoneuroprotection and nanoneurotoxicology. -- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital
    Diana Boraschi and Albert Duschl.
    Summary: Nanoparticles and the Immune System provides a reference text for toxicologists, materials scientists and regulators and covers the key issues of interaction of nanomaterials with the immune system. The book discusses several issues that toxicologists and regulators need to know: identification of endpoints that are relevant for assessing hazard, evaluating impact on immunologically frail populations, and how to evaluate chronic/cumulative effects. In addition, the book addresses the possibility of turning the immunomodulating properties of certain nanomaterials to our advantage.

    Contents:
    How innate and adaptive immunity work
    Nanoparticles and innate immunity
    Nanoparticles and adaptive immunity
    Nanoparticles and allergy
    Nanoparticles and immunological frailty
    Nanoparticles in medicine: nanoparticle engineering for macrophage targeting and nanoparticles that avoid macrophage recognition
    Summary and outlook.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Ashutosh Kumar Shukla, editor.
    Summary: Nanotechnology is expected to bring revolutionary changes in a variety of fields. This volume describes nanoparticles and their biomedical applications, and covers metal nanoparticles, metal oxide nanoparticles, rare earth based nanoparticles and graphene oxide nanoparticles. It elaborates on a number of biomedical applications, including therapeutic applications. It addresses the topic of green synthesis, in view of increasing health and environmental concerns.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Rare Earth Based Nanoparticles: Biomedical Applications, Pharmacological and Toxicological Significance
    Chapter 2. Nanomedicine for Hepatic Fibrosis
    Chapter 3. Biomedical Applications of Zinc oxide nanoparticles synthesized using Eco-friendly method
    Chapter 4. Potential Applications of Greener synthesized Silver and Gold Nanoparticles in Medicine
    Chapter 5. Nanofinished Medical Textiles and Their Potential Impact to Health and Environment
    Chapter 6. Therapeutic Applications of Graphene Oxides in Angiogenesis and Cancers
    Chapter 7. Use of nanoparticles to manage Candida biofilms
    Chapter 8. Biomedical applications of lignin-based nanoparticles
    Chapter 9. Green nanoparticles for biomedical and bioengineering applications
    Chapter 10. Nanoparticles: A boon to target mitochondrial diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors, Joshua D. Ramsey, M. Laird Forrest.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Future Med
    Future Med
  • Digital/Print
    Harvinder Singh Gill, Richard W. Compans, editors.
    Summary: "This book introduces nanoparticles as a powerful platform for vaccine design. Current challenges in vaccine development are discussed and the unique advantages nanoparticles provide in overcoming these challenges are explored. The authors offer fascinating insights into the immunological assets of using nanoparticles as delivery vehicles or adjuvants and present different materials that are being used in nanoparticle-based vaccine development, covering peptides, proteins, polymers, virus-like particles, and liposomes. Its contemporary research insights and practical examples for applications make this volume an inspiring read for researchers and clinicians in vaccinology and immunology. Chapter "Liposome Formulations as Adjuvants for Vaccines" is available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License via link.springer.com."--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Liposome formulations as adjuvants for vaccines / Mangala Rao, Kristina K. Peachman, and Carl R. Alving
    Polymeric nanoparticle-based vaccine adjuvants and delivery vehicles / Elizabeth A. Grego, Alaric C. Siddoway, Metin Uz, Luman Liu, John C. Christiansen, Kathleen A. Ross, Sean M. Kelly, Surya K. Mallapragada, Michael J. Wannemuehler, and Balaji Narasimhan
    Virus-like particle vaccines against respiratory viruses and protozoan parasites / Ki-Back Chu and Fu-Shi Quan
    Protein and peptide nanocluster vaccines / Timothy Z. Chang and Julie A. Champion.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ashutosh Kumar Shukla, editor.
    Summary: This book describes the medical applications of inorganic nanoparticles. Nanomedicine is a relatively advanced field, which enhances the treatment of various diseases, offering new options for overcoming the problems associated with the use of conventional medicines. Discussing the toxicological and safety aspects associated with medical applications of nanoparticles, the book presents the latest research on topics such as emerging nanomaterials for cancer therapy, applications of nanoparticles in dentistry, and fluoride nanoparticles for biomedical applications, and also includes chapters on the use of nanoparticles such as silver and gold. .

    Contents:
    Biomedical applications of characterized zinc oxide nanoparticles synthesized using eco-friendly methods
    Semiconductor and metal oxide nanoparticles for nanomedical applications
    Fungal mediated nanoparticles: Characterization and biomedical advances
    Applications of green synthesized silver and gold nanoparticles in medicine
    Nanoparticle applications in dentistry: Current trends
    Nanoparticles in dentistry: Current trends
    Nanoparticle applications in dermatology: Current trends
    Nanoparticles in medicine: Therapeutic toxicity issues.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Xiangwei Zhao, Meng Lu, editors.
    Summary: This book summarizes the latest advances in nanophotonics for biomedical applications, including biomolecular sensing and imaging, additive fabrications, and biophotonics. The engineering of nanophotonics will have significant impacts on the life sciences and medicine alike. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable asset for researchers, scientists, engineers, and graduate students in the fields of biomedical engineering, electrical engineering, materials sciences, optics, biology, and medicine.

    Contents:
    Photonic crystals for biomolecule sensing applications
    Recent advances in Surface Plasmon Resonance for biosensing applications and future prospects
    Surface-enhanced Raman Scattering for biology and medicine
    Nanophotonic techniques for single cell analysis
    Biointerface Characterization by Nonlinear Optical Spectroscopy
    Chemiluminescence and its biomedical applications
    Luminescent Conjugated Polymer Dots for Biomedical Applications
    Dark-Field Hyperspectral Imaging (DF-HSI) Modalities for Characterization of Single Molecule and Cellular Processes
    Additive Manufacturing Technologies based on Photopolymerization.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Alexan Mihai Grumezescu.
    Summary: Nanoscale Fabrication, Optimization, Scale-up and Biological Aspects of Pharmaceutical Nanotechnology focuses on the fabrication, optimization, scale-up and biological aspects of pharmaceutical nanotechnology. In particular, the following aspects of nanoparticle preparation methods are discussed: the need for less toxic reagents, simplification of the procedure to allow economic scale-up, and optimization to improve yield and entrapment efficiency. Written by a diverse range of international researchers, the chapters examine characterization and manufacturing of nanomaterials for pharmaceutical applications. Regulatory and policy aspects are also discussed. This book is a valuable reference resource for researchers in both academia and the pharmaceutical industry who want to learn more about how nanomaterials can best be utilized.

    Contents:
    1. Fabrication of polymeric core-shell nanostructures
    2. Emulsification-diffusion method to obtain polymeric nanoparticles: two decades of research
    3. Tools and Techniques for the optimized synthesis, reproducibility and scale up of desired nanostructures from plant derived material and their role in pharmaceutical properties
    4. Scale up of biopharmaceuticals production
    5. Physicochemical and morphological characterization of pharmaceutical nanocarriers and mathematical modelling of drug encapsulation/release mass transfer processes
    6. Biopharmaceutics and pharmacokinetics of multifunctional nanoparticles
    7. Technological delivery systems to improve biopharmaceutical properties
    8. From physicochemically stable nanocarriers to targeted drug delivery: in-vivo pharmacokinetic, pharmacodynamic and biodistribution studies
    9. Sterile dosage forms loaded nanosystems for parenteral, nasal, pulmonary and ocular administration
    10. Quantitative Characterization of Targeted Nanoparticulate Formulations for Prediction of Clinical Efficacy
    11. Analytical tools for reliable in vitro and in vivo performance testing of drug nanocrystals
    12. Application of one-step affinity purification of drug-binding proteins with practical magnetic nanoparticles to drug discovery
    13. Molecularly Imprinted Polymers as Separation Tools
    14. Detection of DNA damage induced by nanomaterials
    15. Pharmacological usage of an enzyme inhibitor - a selective inhibitor of 3-mercaptopyruvate sulfurtransferase reaction intermediate to control generation of polysulfide
    16. Regulatory Consideration in Nanotechnology Based Drug Products.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by U. Valentin Nägerl, Interdisciplinary Insitute for Neuroscience, CNRS/University of Bordeaux, Bordeaux, France, Antoine Triller, Insitute of Biology, Ecole Normal Supérieure/INSERM/CNRS, Paris, France.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Carla Bittencourt, Chris Ewels and Eduard Llobet.
    Summary: This book presents a blueprint for researchers in the area of nanotechnology for chemical defense, especially with regard to future research on detection and protection. It addresses the synthesis of complex nanomaterials with potential applications in a broad range of sensing systems. Above all, it discusses novel experimental and theoretical tools for characterizing and modeling nanostructures and their integration in complex systems. The book also includes electronic structure calculations exploring the atomic and quantum mechanical mechanisms behind molecular binding and identification, so as to provide readers with an in-depth understanding of the capabilities and limitations of various nanomaterial approaches. Gathering contributions by scientists with diverse backgrounds, the book offers a wealth of insightful information for all scientists whose work involves material science and its applications in sensing.

    Contents:
    The feasibility of graphene-based defense applications: an industry perspective
    Carbon nanomaterials integrated in rugged and inexpensive sensing platforms for the in-field detection of chemical warfare agents;
    Sensing volatile organic compounds by phthalocyanines with metal centers: exploring the mechanism with measurements and modelling
    Chemical sensors for VOC detection in indoor air: focus on formaldehyde
    Gas sensing using monolayer MoS2; R. Canton-Vitoria et al
    Progress of Sensors based on hollow metal sulfides nanoparticles
    Synthesis of 3D-ensembles of carbon nanotubes
    Challenges on the production and characterization of B-doped single-walled carbon nanotubes
    Graphene-based metal-free catalysis: a spectroscopic point-of-view
    Graphene for Photodynamic Therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Bert M?uller and Marcel Van de Voorde.
    Summary: Unique in combining the expertise of practitioners from university hospitals and that of academic researchers, this timely monograph presents selected topics catering specifically to the needs and interests of natural scientists and engineers as well as physicians who are concerned with developing nanotechnology-based treatments to improve human health. To this end, the book cover the materials aspects of nanomedicine, such as the hierarchical structure of biological materials, the imaging of hard and soft tissues and, in particular, concrete examples of nanotechnology-based approaches in modern medical treatments. The whole is rounded off by a discussion of the opportunities and risks of using nanotechnology and nanomaterials in medicine, backed by case studies taken from real life.

    Contents:
    Part I. Introduction to nanoscience in medicine of the twenty-first century
    Chapter 1. Challenges and opportunities of nanotechnology for human health
    Chapter 2. Nanoscience and nanotechnology and the armory for the twenty-first centrury health care
    Chapter 3. Nanomedicine activities in the United States and worldwide
    Part II. Leading cause of death: cardiovascular diseases
    Chapter 4. Challenges in cardiovascular treatments using nanotechnology-based approaches
    Chapter 5. Smart container for targeting drug delivery
    Chapter 6. Human nano-vesicles in physiology and pathology
    Chapter 7. Challenges and risks of nanotechnology in medicine: an immunologist's point of view
    Part III. Second most common cause of death: cancer
    Chapter 8.Challenges of applying targeted nanostructures with multifunctional properties in cancer treatments
    Chapter 9. Highly conformal radiotherapy using protons
    Chapter 10. Self-organization on a chip: from nanoscale actin assemblies to tumor spheroids
    Chapter 11. The nanomechnaical signature of tissues in health and disease
    Part IV. Most common diseases: caries, musculoskeletal diseases, incontinence, allergies
    Chapter 12. Revealing the nano-architecture of human hard and soft tissues by spatially resolved hard X-Ray scattering
    Chapter 13. Regenerative dentistry using stem cells and nanotechnology
    Chapter 14. Nanostructured polymers for medical applications
    Chapter 15. Nanotechnology in the treatment of incontinence
    Chapter 16. Nanomedicine in dermatiology: nanotechnology in prevention, diagnosis, and therapy
    Part V. Benefiting patients
    Chapter 17. Therapeutic development and the evolution of precision medicine
    Chapter 18. Benefit from nanoscience and nanotechnology: benefitting patients
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Ramesh Namdeo Pudake, Nidhi Chauhan, Chittaranjan Kole, editors.
    Summary: This book discusses the ability of nanomaterials to protect crop-plant and animal health, increase production, and enhance the quality of food and other agricultural products. It explores the use of targeted delivery and slow- release agrochemicals to reduce the damage to non-target organisms and the quantity released into the soil and water, as well as nanotechnology-derived tools in the field of plant and animal genetic improvement. It also addresses future applications of nanotechnology in sustainable agriculture and the legislative regulation and safety evaluation of nanomaterials. The book highlights the recent advances made in nanotechnology and its contribution towards an eco-friendly approach in agriculture.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors; Nanomaterials in Crop Science; 1 Application of Nanotechnology in Genetic Improvement in Crops; Abstract; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Conventional Plant Biotransformation Techniques; 1.3 Why Nanotechnology?; 1.4 Nanocarriers for Plant Biotransformation; 1.4.1 Silica Nanoparticles; 1.4.2 Calcium-Based Nanoparticles; 1.4.3 Magnetic Nanoparticles; 1.4.4 Dendrimers; 1.4.5 Liposomes; 1.4.6 Gold Nanoparticles; 1.4.7 Carbon Nanotubes; 1.4.8 Other Nanoparticles; 1.5 Patented Technologies; 1.6 Concluding Remarks and Future Perspectives; References 2 Engineered Nanoparticles for Increasing Micronutrient Use EfficiencyAbstract; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Nanoparticles as Micronutrients; 2.2.1 Iron (Fe) NPs; 2.2.2 Manganese (Mn) NPs; 2.2.3 Zinc (Zn) NPs; 2.2.4 Copper (Cu) NPs; 2.2.5 Molybdenum (Mo) NPs; 2.3 Uptake of Nanomaterials in Plants; 2.4 Toxicity Aspects of Nanoparticles; 2.5 Conclusion and Future Aspects; References; 3 Nano-biofertilizers: Harnessing Dual Benefits of Nano-nutrient and Bio-fertilizers for Enhanced Nutrient Use Efficiency and Sustainable Productivity; Abstract; 3.1 Introduction 3.1.1 Fertilizers and Their Role for Crop Productivity3.1.1.1 Fertilizer Application Techniques; 3.1.1.2 Tackling the 'Over-Fertilization' Peril; 3.1.2 Organic Fertilization: Aiming for Eco-Friendly Green Revolution; 3.2 Bio-fertilizers: Pursuit for Sustainable Agricultural Productivity; 3.3 Nano-fertilizers; 3.3.1 Conventional Fertilizers Versus Nano-fertilizers; 3.3.2 What Are Nano-fertilizers?; 3.3.3 Nano-fertilizers in Precision Agriculture; 3.3.3.1 Nano-'smart'-fertilizers for Slow/Controlled Release of Nutrients 3.4 Nano-biofertilizers: Augmenting the Benefits of Nano- and Bio-fertilizers3.4.1 Contributions of the Nano- and Bio-components of the Nano-biofertilizer; 3.4.2 Why Will It Impart Added Benefits?; 3.4.3 Studies Involving Combinatorial Use of Nano- and Bio-fertilizers; 3.4.3.1 Cereal Crops; 3.4.3.2 Legume Crops; 3.4.3.3 Horticultural Crops; 3.4.3.4 Forage Crops; 3.5 Environmental Safety Issues; 3.6 Future Prospects; Acknowledgements; References; 4 Role of Metal-Organic Framework (MOF) for Pesticide Sensing; Abstract; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Synthesis of MOF; 4.2.1 Traditional Synthesis Methods 4.2.2 Microwave Synthesis4.2.3 Electrochemical Synthesis; 4.2.4 Mechanochemical Synthesis; 4.2.5 Sonochemical Synthesis; 4.3 Applications of MOF for Pesticide Sensing; 4.3.1 Magnetic Solid-Phase Extraction (MSPE) Extracted Magnetic MOF Composites for Pesticide Detection; 4.3.2 Gas Chromatography Coupled with MOF for Pesticide Detection; 4.3.3 MOF Coupled Adsorption for Pesticide Detection; 4.3.4 Detection of Pesticide by Optical Method; 4.3.5 Electrochemical Method of Pesticide Detection; 4.3.6 SERS Active Metal-Organic Framework with Embedded Gold Nanoparticles
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Ram Prasad, Busi Siddhardha, Madhu Dyavaiah, editors.
    Summary: In the pursuit of technological advancement in the field of biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries to counteract health issues, bacterial infections remain a major cause of morbidity and mortality. The ability of bacterial pathogens to form biofilms further agglomerates the situation by showing resistance to conventional antibiotics. To overcome this serious issue, bioactive metabolites and other natural products were exploited to combat bacterial infections and biofilm-related health consequences. Natural products exhibited promising results in vitro, however; their efficacy in in vivo conditions remain obscured due to their low-solubility, bioavailability, and biocompatibility issues. In this scenario, nanotechnological interventions provide a multifaceted platform for targeted delivery of bioactive compounds by slow and sustained release of drug-like compounds. The unique physico-chemical properties, biocompatibility and eco-friendly nature of bioinspired nanostructures has revolutionized the field of biology to eradicate microbial infections and biofilm-related complications. The green-nanotechnology based metal and metal oxide nanoparticles and polymeric nanoparticles have been regularly employed for antimicrobial and antibiofilm applications without causing damage to host tissues. The implications of these nanoparticles toward achieving sustainability in agriculture by providing systemic resistance against a variety of phytopathogens therefore plays crucial role in growth and crop productivity. Also the advent of smart and hybrid nanomaterials such as metal-based polymer nanocomposites, lipid-based nanomaterials and liposomes have the inherent potential to eradicate bacterial biofilm-related infections in an efficient manner. The recent development of carbon-based nanomaterials such as carbon nanotubes (CNTs) and silica based nanomaterials such as mesoporous silica nanoparticles (MSNs) also exploit a target of dreadful healthcare conditions such as cancer , immunomodulatory diseases, and microbial infections, as well as biofilm-related issues owing to their stability profile, biocompatibility, and unique physio-chemical properties. Recently novel physical approaches such as photothermal therapy (PTT) and antimicrobial photodynamic therapy (aPDT) also revolutionized conventional strategies and are engaged in eradicating microbial biofilm-related infections and related health consequences. These promising advancements in the development of novel strategies to treat microbial infections and biofilm-related multidrug resistance (MDR) phenomenon may provide new avenues and aid to conventional antimicrobial therapeutics.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    About the Editors
    Chapter 1: Nanomaterials: Therapeutic Agent for Antimicrobial Therapy
    1.1 Introduction
    1.1.1 Basic Discussion About Bacterial Cells
    1.1.2 How Nanomaterials or Antibacterial Agent Interact with Bacteria: Probable Mechanism
    1.1.2.1 Interaction of Nanomaterials with Bacterial Cell Membrane
    1.1.2.2 Release of Compounds/Metal Toxic to the Bacterial Cell
    1.1.2.3 Role of Reactive Oxygen Species (ROS) in Cell Damage
    1.1.2.4 Obstacle in Electron Transport and Protein Oxidation 1.2 Essay for Measuring the Antimicrobial Activity of Nanomaterials
    1.2.1 Susceptibility of Nanomaterials Toward Microorganisms
    1.2.1.1 Dilution Method
    1.2.1.2 Disc-Diffusion Method
    1.2.2 Methods for Quantification of Antibacterial Activity
    1.2.2.1 Optical Density (OD) Measurement
    1.2.2.2 Cell Counting Method
    1.2.2.3 Spread-Plate Colony Counts
    1.2.2.4 Crystal Violet Staining
    1.2.2.5 Live/Dead Cell Staining and Imaging
    1.2.2.6 Tetrazolium Salt Reduction
    1.3 Role of Nanomaterials as Antimicrobial Agent
    1.3.1 The Ancient Era 1.3.2 Why Nanomaterials Have Replaced the Ancient Antimicrobial Agents?
    1.4 Different Class of Nanomaterials Used as an Antimicrobial Agent
    1.4.1 Antimicrobial Properties of Silver-Based Nanomaterials
    1.4.2 Antimicrobial Activity of Zinc Oxide Nanomaterials (ZnO)
    1.4.3 Antimicrobial Activity of Titanium Oxide (TiO2) Nanomaterials
    1.4.4 Copper Nanomaterials as an Antimicrobial Agent
    1.4.5 Carbon-Based Nanomaterials as an Antimicrobial Agent
    1.4.5.1 Fullerene
    1.4.5.2 Carbon Nanotubes (CNTs)
    1.4.5.3 Graphene Oxide (GO) 1.4.5.4 Activated Carbon-Based Nanomaterials (ACNMs)
    1.5 Challenges of Nanomaterials in Antibacterial Treatments
    References
    Chapter 2: A Review on Next-Generation Nano-Antimicrobials in Orthopedics: Prospects and Concerns
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Orthopedic Implants and Infections
    2.2.1 Planktonic
    2.2.2 Biofilm
    2.2.3 Invasive and Intracellular
    2.3 Bacterial Growth and Related Clinical Complications
    2.3.1 Cell Adhesion
    2.3.2 Cellular Aggregation
    2.3.3 Biofilm Maturation
    2.3.4 Cellular Detachment
    2.4 Conventional Techniques for Treating Infections 2.5 Nanomaterials in Eradicating Infections
    2.6 Mechanism of Action for Nanobiotics
    2.7 Future Perspectives and Concerns
    References
    Chapter 3: Antibacterial Activity by Functionalized Carbon Nanotubes
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Synthesis of Functionalized Carbon Nanotubes
    3.3 Characterization of Functionalized Carbon Nanotubes
    3.4 Antimicrobial Activity of Functionalized Carbon Nanotubes
    3.4.1 Single-Walled Carbon Nanotubes
    3.4.2 Multiwalled Carbon Nanotubes
    3.5 Mechanisms of Action by Functionalized Carbon Nanotubes
    3.6 Conclusion
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Alexandru Mihai Grumezescu.
    Contents:
    1. Cell and organ drug targeting: types of drug delivery systems and advanced targeting strategies
    2. Cell-penetrating peptides in nanodelivery of nucleic acids and drugs
    3. The current perspectives of nanoparticles in clellular and organ-specific drug targeting in biological system
    4. Precision medicine and drug targeting: the promise versus reality of target-specific drug delivery
    5. Brain targeting of payload using mild magnetic field: site specific delivery
    6. Nanoparticles influence in skin penetration of drugs: in vitro and in vivo characterization
    7. DNA aptamer-based molecular nanoconstructions and nanodevices for diagnostics and therapy
    8. Nanobiodevices for electrochemical biosensing of pharmaceuticals
    9. Imprinted polymeric nanoparticles as nanodevices, biosnesors and biolabels
    10. Poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) (PLGA) matrix implants
    11. Hydrogels for biomedical applications
    12. Silk-based matrices for bone tissue engineering applications
    13. Implantable drug delivery systems: an overview
    14. Nanobionics and nanoengineered prosthetics
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Volker Gurtler, Andrew S. Ball and Sarvesh Soni.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital
    H.N. Cheng, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service, New Orleans, Louisiana [and three others], editor.
    Summary: Uses of nanotechnology in various fields, and cautions or safety measures regarding some of those applications.

    Contents:
    Nanotechnology Overview: Opportunities and Challenges / Cheng, H. N., USDA Agricultural Research Service, Southern Regional Research Center, 1100 Robert E. Lee Boulevard, New Orleans, Louisiana 70124, United States; Doemeny, Laurence J., 4922 Armin Way, San Diego, California 92115, United States; Geraci, Charles L., National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), 1090 Tusculum Avenue, C-14, Cincinnati, Ohio 45226, United States; Grob Schmidt, Diane, Department of Chemistry, University of Cincinnati, 301 Clifton Court, Cincinnati, Ohio 45221, United States / http://dx.doi.org/10.1021/bk-2016-1220.ch001
    Nanotechnology at Northwestern University: Delivering on the Promise / Mirkin, Chad A. / http://dx.doi.org/10.1021/bk-2016-1220.ch002
    The Role of Chemical Sciences in the National Nanotechnology Initiative: Accomplishments and Future Direction / Fadel, Tarek R., The International Technology Research Institute, 518 S. Camp Meade Road, Suite 6, Linthicum, Maryland 21090, United States; Meador, Michael A., The National Nanotechnology Coordination Office, 4201 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 405, Arlington, Virginia 22230, United States / http://dx.doi.org/10.1021/bk-2016-1220.ch003
    Building Foundational Knowledge and Infrastructure for Nanotechnology: 2000-2030 / Roco, Mihail C. / http://dx.doi.org/10.1021/bk-2016-1220.ch004
    Nanomaterials and Nanomanufacturing with an Emphasis on National Security / Sloter, Lewis E. / http://dx.doi.org/10.1021/bk-2016-1220.ch005
    National Institutes of Health: An Introduction to Nanotechnology Funded Research in Biology and Medicine / Henderson, Lori A. / http://dx.doi.org/10.1021/bk-2016-1220.ch006
    University Roles in Economic Development / Liehr, Michael / http://dx.doi.org/10.1021/bk-2016-1220.ch007
    Regulations: Facilitating Advancement or Serving as a Barrier
    A Shared Responsibility / Medley, Terry L. / http://dx.doi.org/10.1021/bk-2016-1220.ch008
    Sustainability and Life-Cycle Issues / Morris, Jeffrey / http://dx.doi.org/10.1021/bk-2016-1220.ch009
    Nanomaterials: Promise in Balance with Safety / Philbert, Martin A. / http://dx.doi.org/10.1021/bk-2016-1220.ch010
    Opportunities and Challenges for Health, Safety, and the Environment: The Regulatory Void? / Bergeson, Lynn L. / http://dx.doi.org/10.1021/bk-2016-1220.ch011
    Adaptive Governance for the Nanotechnology Workplace / Murashov, Vladimir; Howard, John / http://dx.doi.org/10.1021/bk-2016-1220.ch012
    What Is Responsible Development of Nanotechnology? / Lin, Albert / http://dx.doi.org/10.1021/bk-2016-1220.ch013
    Editorsʼ Biographies / http://dx.doi.org/10.1021/bk-2016-1220.ot001
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Am Chem Soc
    Am Chem Soc
  • Digital/Print
    Chad A. Mirkin, Thomas J. Meade, Sarah Hurst Petrosko, Alexander H. Stegh, editors.
    Contents:
    Nanoflares as Probes for Cancer Diagnostics
    Therapeutic Applications of Spherical Nucleic Acids
    Theranostic Magnetic Nanostructures (MNS) for Cancer
    Nanodiamond-Based Chemotherapy and Imaging
    Theranostic Lipid Nanoparticles for Cancer Medicine
    Synthetic High-Density Lipoprotein-Like Nanoparticles as Cancer Therapy
    Radiosensitization and Nanoparticles
    Hybrid Nanoparticles for Cancer Imaging and Therapy
    Exploring Tumor Microenvironment with Nanoparticles
    How nanoparticles interact with cancer cells
    Engineering the Nanoparticle-Protein Interface for Cancer Therapeutics
    Calibration-Quality Cancer Nano-Therapeutics
    Cancer Nano-Therapeutics in Clinical Trials.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC262 .N366 2015
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Prashant Kesharwani and Umesh Gupta.
    Summary: Nanotechnology-Based Targeted Drug Delivery Systems for Brain Tumors addresses brain anatomy and tumors and the progress and challenges in delivering drugs across the blood brain barrier. Several chapters are devoted to the latest technologies and advances in nanotechnology, along with practical solutions on how to design more effective nanocarriers for drug and gene delivery. This valuable resource prepares readers to develop novel drug delivery systems for the treatment of brain tumors that further promote the latest nanomedical technologies.

    Contents:
    1. Tumors of the central nervous system: anatomy and interventional considerations
    2. Angiogenesis in brain tumors
    3. Physiology of the blood-brain barrier and mechanisms of transport across the BBB
    4. Active trageted nanoscale delivery systems for brain tumor therapeutics
    5. Nanotechnology in brain tumor targeting: efficacy and safety of nanoenabled carriers undergoing clinical testing
    6. Targeting of lipid/polymeric (hybrid) nanoparticles to the brain for the treatment of degernative diseases
    7. Biopolymeric nanoparticles for targeted drug delivery to brain tumors
    8. Solid lipid nanoparticles for targeted drug delivery
    9. Liposome-based drug delivery for brain tumor theranostics
    10. Dendrimers as effective carriers for the treatment of brain tumor - 11. Micelle-based drug delivery for brain tumors
    12. Nanemulsions-based drug delivery for brain tumors
    13. Immune infiltration in malignant gliomas
    14. Carbon nanotubes (CNTs): a novel drug delivery tool in brain tumor treatment
    15. Beyond the blood-brain barrier: facing new challenges and prospects of nanotechnology-mediated targeted delivery to the brain
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Deepak G Panpatte, Yogeshvari K Jhala, editors.
    Summary: The emergence of nanotechnology and the development of new nano-devices and nanomaterials open up opportunities for novel applications in agriculture and biotechnology. Nanotechnology has the potential to modernize the agricultural research and practice. Nanotechnology has gained momentum in agriculture sector during last decade, but still there are knowledge gap between scientific communities. This book comprise of holistic coverage about current developments in nanotechnology based sustainable agriculture. It contains sections focusing on each aspect of the implications of nanotechnology in different sectors of agriculture from crop production, soil fertility management, crop improvement etc. It also provides insight into the current trends and future prospects of nanotechnology along with the benefits and risks and their impact on agricultural ecosystems. This book emphasize on use of nanotechnology to reduce agrochemical usage via smart delivery system, increase nutrient use efficiency, improved water and nutrient management, nano-biosensors for management of plant diseases etc. The book provides thorough knowledge for dealing with current challenges of agricultural sector using nanotechnology based agricultural interventions. It will serve as reference literature for scientists, policymakers, students and researchers who are engaged in development of strategies to cope up with challenges of current agricultural systems and society.

    Contents:
    1) Nanotechnology in agriculture
    2) Bio production of silver nanoparticles and its potential applications in Agriculture
    3) Biological Synthesis of Nanoparticles using bacteria
    4) Biofabrication of Nanoparticles using fungi
    5) Nanoformulations Based on Bacillus subtilis Lipopeptides: The Future of Agriculture: Fruits
    6)Use of bio-based nanoparticles in Agriculture
    7) Uptake, Accumulation and toxicity of metal nanoparticles in autotroph
    8) Carbon Nanotubes in Agriculture: Production, Potential and Prospects
    9) Impact and current perspectives of zinc oxide nanoparticles on soil
    10) Soil ecological pros and cons of nanomaterials: Impact on micro-organisms and soil health
    11) Beneficial effects of metal- and metalloid-based nanoparticles on crop production
    12) Environmental impact and Eco-toxicological influence of biofrabricated nanoparticle on soil activity
    13) Nanobiosensors: A novel approach in precision agriculture
    14) Nanoparticle mediated plant gene transfer for precision farming and sustainable agriculture
    15) Nanotechnology for polluted soil remediation.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Deepak G. Panpatte, Yogeshvari K. Jhala, editors.
    Summary: The emergence of nanotechnology and the development of new nanodevices and nanomaterials have opened up exciting opportunities for novel applications in agriculture and biotechnology. Nanotechnology has the potential to modernize agricultural research and practice, but although it has gained momentum in the agriculture sector over last decade, there are still knowledge gaps between scientific communities. This book presents a comprehensive overview of current developments in nanotechnology-based sustainable agriculture. Focusing on various aspects of nanotechnology in different sectors of agriculture, such as crop production, soil fertility management and crop improvement, it offers insights into the current trends and future prospects of nanotechnology, along with the benefits and risks and their impact on agricultural ecosystems. It also highlights the use of nanotechnology to reduce agrochemical usage, to increase nutrient uptake efficiency and to improve water and nutrient management, and the use of nano-biosensors to manage plant diseases. The book is a valuable reference resource for scientists, policymakers, students and researchers who are engaged in developing strategies to cope with current agricultural challenges.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; About the Editors;
    1: Nanobiotechnology for Agricultural Productivity, Food Security and Environmental Sustainability; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Nanotechnology for Agricultural Productivity; 1.2.1 Nanofertilizers; 1.2.2 Nanopesticides; 1.2.3 Nanoparticle-Based Plant Gene Transfer; 1.3 Nanotechnology for Food Security; 1.3.1 Nutrients and Dietary Supplements; 1.3.2 Nanoparticles in Food Processing; 1.3.3 Nanotechnology in Food Packaging and Storage; 1.4 Nanotechnology for Environmental Sustainability; 1.5 Ecological and Health Risks of Nanoparticles 1.6 Conclusion and Future PerspectivesReferences;
    2: Nanofertilizers: A Recent Approach in Crop Production; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Challenges of Existing Agricultural Practices; 2.3 Nanofertilizer and Its Role in Agriculture; 2.4 Properties of Nanofertilizer; 2.5 Nanofertilizer a Better Option than Conventional Fertilizers; 2.6 Synthesis of Nanofertilizers; 2.7 Types of Nanofertilizers; 2.7.1 Nitrogen-Based Nanofertilizers; 2.7.2 Phosphate-Based Nanofertilizers; 2.7.3 Iron-Based Nanofertilizers; 2.7.4 Zinc-Based Nanoparticles as Fertilizers; 2.7.5 Titanium-Based Nanofertilizers 2.14 Biosafety Issues Related to the Use of Nanofertilizers2.15 Future Prospects; 2.16 Conclusion; References;
    3: Nanofertilizers: Smart Delivery of Plant Nutrients; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Nanotechnology in Agriculture; 3.2.1 Plant Nutrients; 3.2.2 Fertilizers for Nutrients; 3.2.3 Nanomaterials for Slow and Controlled Release of Nutrients; 3.2.4 Smart Delivery of Nutrients; 3.2.5 Nanoformulations for Smart Delivery of Nutrients; 3.2.5.1 Nanoformulations of Macronutrients; 3.2.5.2 Nanoformulations of Micronutrients; 3.2.5.3 Nanoformulations of Biofertilizers; 3.3 Future Prospects 2.7.6 Aluminum-Based Nanoparticles as Fertilizers2.7.7 Copper-Based Nanofertilizers; 2.7.8 Silver-Based Nanofertilizers; 2.8 Nanofertilizer Formulation and Their Delivery System; 2.9 Uptake, Translocation, and Fate of Nanofertilizers in Plants; 2.9.1 Movement of Nanoparticles Inside Plants; 2.10 Fate of Nanofertilizers in Ecosystems; 2.10.1 Different Effects of Nanofertilizers; 2.10.1.1 Plant Toxicity; 2.10.1.2 Effects on Biodiversity and Abundance; 2.11 Nanofertilizers Products; 2.12 Economic Analysis of Nanofertilizers; 2.13 Applications of Nanofertilizers 3.4 Safety and Ethical Issues3.5 Conclusions; References;
    4: Nanoelements: An Agricultural Paradigm for Targeted Plant Nutrition Therapeutic Approach; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Nano-fertilizers; 4.2.1 Types of Plant Nutrients; 4.2.2 Micronutrient Fertilizer; 4.3 Why Are Nano-nutrients Required?; 4.4 Need of Nanoagri-nutrient Technology; 4.5 Application of Nanotechnology in Agriculture; 4.6 Nanoparticles as Target Delivery Vehicles; 4.7 Conclusions; References;
    5: Nanoparticles for the Improved Crop Production; 5.1 Introduction
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Bong-Hyun Jun, editor.
    Summary: This book documents the tremendous progress in the use of nanotechnology for a range of bioapplications with the aim of providing students, researchers, technicians, and other professionals with an up-to-date overview of the field. After a general introduction to the surface modifications of nanoparticles required for different biological applications, and to the properties of the modified nanoparticles, a series of chapters describe the state of the art in respect of different types of nanoparticle, including silica nanoparticles, fluorescent nanomaterials, metal nanoparticles, magnetic nanoparticles, carbon-based nanostructures, and other novel nanomaterials. Detailed information is supplied on methods of preparation, chemical and physical properties, and current and potential applications. The closing chapters discuss lithography methods for the top-down approach to nanoparticle synthesis and the use of spectroscopic studies as a tool for the characterization of each nanoparticle. Future prospects and challenges for the development of further nanomaterials with bioapplications are also covered.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Baldev Raj, Marcel Van de Voorde, and Yashwant Mahajan.
    Summary: In three handy volumes, this ready reference provides a detailed overview of nanotechnology as it is applied to energy sustainability. Clearly structured, following an introduction, the first part of the book is dedicated to energy production, renewable energy, energy storage, energy distribution, and energy conversion and harvesting. The second part then goes on to discuss nano-enabled materials, energy conservation and management, technological and intellectual property-related issues and markets and environmental remediation. The text concludes with a look at and recommendations for future technology advances. An essential handbook for all experts in the field - from academic researchers and engineers to developers in industry.

    Contents:
    Energy Production. Fossil Fuels: The Effect of Zeolite Catalyst Particle Morphology on Catalyst Performance in the Conversion of Methanol to Hydrocarbons / Katarzyna Anna Łukaszuk, Pablo del Campo Huertas, Andrea Molino, Malte Nielsen, Daniel Rojo-Gama, Juan Salvador Martinez-Espin, Karl Petter Lillerud, Unni Olsbye, Silvia Bordiga, Pablo Beato, Stian Svelle
    Fossil Fuels: Nanotechnologies for Petroleum Reservoir Engineering / Igor N Evdokimov
    Fossil Fuels: Coke-Resistant Nanomaterials for Gas-to-Liquid (GTL) Fuels / Brian A Rosen, Sarika Singh
    Photovoltaics: Light Energy Harvesting with Plasmonic Nanoparticle Networks / Jean-Paul Hugonin, Mondher Besbes, Philippe Ben-Abdallah
    Photovoltaics: Role of Nanotechnology in Dye-Sensitized Solar Cells / Murugesan Janani, Shantikumar V Nair, A Sreekumaran Nair
    Photovoltaics: Nanomaterials for Photovoltaic Conversion / Abdelilah Slaoui, Daniel Lincot, Jean François Guillemoles, Ludovic Escoubas
    Photovoltaics: Light-Trapping in Crystalline Silicon and Thin-Film Solar Cells by Nanostructured Optical Coatings / Pierpaolo Spinelli, Bonna K Newman, Albert Polman
    Photovoltaics: Nanoengineered Materials and Their Functionality in Solar Cells / Kaining Ding, Thomas Kirchartz, Karsten Bittkau, Andreas Lambertz, Vladimir Smirnov, Jürgen Hüpkes, Uwe Rau
    Nonselective Coatings for Solar Thermal Applications in CSP / Raj Kumar Bera, Daniel Mandler, Shlomo Magdassi
    Selective Surfaces for Solar Thermal Energy Conversion in CSP: From Multilayers to Nanocomposites / Audrey Soum-Glaude, Laurie Di Giacomo, Sébastien Quoizola, Thomas Laurent, Gilles Flamant
    Nanobiotechnology Augmenting Biological Gaseous Energy Recovery / Shantonu Roy, Debabrata Das
    Nanotechnologies in Sodium-Cooled Fast Spectrum Reactor and Closed Fuel Cycle Sustainable Nuclear Energy System / Baldev Raj, U Kamachi Mudali
    Nanotechnology and Applications for Electric Power: The Perspective of a Major Player in Electricity / Didier Noël
    Lightweight Nanostructured Materials and Their Certification for Wind Energy Applications / Bikramjit Basu, Sherine Alex, N Eswara Prasad
    Energy Storage and Distribution. Nanostructured Materials for Next-Generation Lithium-Ion Batteries / T Sri Devi Kumari, T Prem Kumar, AK Shukla
    Carbon Nanotube Materials to Realize High-Performance Supercapacitors / Anthony Childress, Jingyi Zhu, Mehmet Karakaya, Deepika Saini, Ramakrishna Podila, Apparao Rao
    Recent Developments and Prospects of Nanostructured Supercapacitors / Katherine L Van Aken, Yury Gogotsi
    Nanostructured and Complex Hydrides for Hydrogen Storage / Lars H Jepsen, Mark Paskevicius, Torben R Jensen
    Nanotechnology for the Storage of Hydrogen / Marek Nowak, Mieczyslaw Jurczyk
    Phase Change Nanomaterials for Thermal Energy Storage / Kinga Pielichowska, Krzysztof Pielichowski
    Carbon Nanotube Wires and Cables: Near-Term Applications and Future Perspectives / Jeremy Lee, Seeram Ramakrishna
    Energy Conversion and Harvesting. Nanostructured Thermoelectric Materials: Current Research and Future Challenges / Hilaal Alam, Seeram Ramakrishna
    Nanostructured Cost-Effective and Energy-Efficient Thermoelectric Materials / Zhi-Gang Chen, Jin Zou
    Nanomaterials for Fuel Cell Technology / KS Dhathathreyan, N Rajalakshmi, R Balaji
    Contributions of Nanotechnology to Hydrogen Production / Sambandam Anandan, Femi Thomas Cheruvathoor, Muthupandian Ashokkumar
    Nanoenhanced Materials for Photolytic Hydrogen Production / Xiuquan Gu, Shuai Yuan, Mingguo Ma, Jiefang Zhu
    Human Vibration Energy Harvester with PZT / Tamil Selvan Ramadoss, Seeram Ramakrishna
    Energy Consumption in Information and Communication Technology: Role of Semiconductor Nanotechnology / Victor V Zhirnov, Kota VRM Murali
    Nanoenabled Materials and Coatings for Energy Applications. Nanocrystalline Bainitic Steels for Industrial Applications / C Garcia-Mateo, FG Caballero
    Graphene and Graphene Oxide for Energy Storage / Edward P Randviir, Craig E Banks
    Inorganic Nanotubes and Fullerene-Like Nanoparticles at the Crossroad between Materials Science and Nanotechnology and Their Applications with Regard to Sustainability / Leela S Panchakarla, Reshef Tenne
    Nanotechnology, Energy, and Fractals Nature / Vojislav V Mitić, Ljubiša M Kocić, Steven Tidrow, Hans-Jörg Fecht
    Magnesium Based Nanocomposites for Cleaner Transport / Manoj Gupta, Sankaranarayanan Seetharaman
    Nanocomposites: A Gaze through Their Applications in Transport Industry / Kottan Renganayagalu Ravi, Jayakrishnan Nampoothiri, Baldev Raj
    Semiconducting Nanowires in Photovoltaic and Thermoelectric Energy Generation / Guglielmo Vastola, Gang Zhang
    Nanoliquid Metal Technology Toward High-Performance Energy Management, Conversion, and Storage / Jing Liu
    IoNanofluids: Innovative Agents for Sustainable Development / Carlos Nieto de Castro, Xavier Paredes, Salomé Vieira, Sohel Murshed, Maria José Lourenço, Fernando Santos
    Energy Conservation and Management. Silica Aerogels for Energy Conservation and Saving / Yamini Ananthan, Keerthi Sanghamitra K, Neha Hebalkar
    Nanotechnology in Architecture / George Elvin
    Nanofluids for Efficient Heat Transfer Applications / Baldev Raj, SA Angayarkanni, John Philip
    Technologies, Intellectual Property, and Markets. Nanomaterials for Li-Ion Batteries: Patents Landscape and Product Scenario / Md Shakeel Iqbal, Nisha C Kalarickal, Vivek Patel, Ratnesh Kumar Gaur
    Nanotechnology in Fuel Cells: A Bibliometric Analysis / Manish Sinha, Ratnesh Kumar Gaur, Harshad Karmarkar
    Techno-Commercial Opportunities of Nanotechnology in Wind Energy / Vivek Patel, YR Mahajan
    Environmental Remediation. Nanomaterials for the Conversion of Carbon Dioxide into Renewable Fuels and Value-Added Products / Ibram Ganesh
    Nanomaterial-Based Methods for Cleaning Contaminated Water in Oil Spill Sites / Boris I Kharisov, HV Rasika Dias, Oxana V Kharissova, Yolanda Peña Méndez
    Nanomaterials and Direct Air Capture of CO2 / Dirk Fransaer.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Devarajan Thangadurai, Jeyabalan Sangeetha, Ram Prasad, editors.
    Summary: Nanotechnology progresses its concerts and suitability by improving its effectiveness, security and also reducing the impact and risk. Various chapters in this book are written by eminent scientists and prominent researchers in the field of nanotechnology across the world. This book is focused to put emerging techniques forward using nanoparticles for safe and nutritional food production, protecting crops from pests, increasing nutritional value and providing solutions for various environmental issues. The outcome of this book creates a path for wide usage of nanoparticles in food, agriculture and the environment fields. This book has clear and simple illustrations, tables and case studies to understand the content even by non-experts. This book especially deals with the nanotechnology for controlling plant pathogens, food packaging and preservation, agricultural productivity, waste water treatment and bioenergy production. Hence, this book can be adopted and used by many researchers and academicians in the fields of food, agriculture, environment and nanotechnology for catering the needs of sustainable future. The salient features of this book are • Describes nanotechnology as an interdisciplinary and emerging field in life sciences • Useful for researchers in the cutting edge life science related fields of nanoscience, nanobiology and nanotechnology • Deal with various problems in food, agriculture and environmental sector for sustainable solutions through the application of nanotechnology • Supported with illustrations in color, tables and case studies (wherever applicable), and • Contributed and well written by nanotechnology experts from across various disciplines.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Contributors
    Chapter 1: Nanoparticles from Fungal Resources: Importance and Applications
    1.1 Fungi
    1.2 Nanoparticles and Nanotechnology
    1.3 Properties of Nanoparticles
    1.3.1 Physical Properties
    1.3.2 Biological Properties
    1.3.3 Medical Properties
    1.3.4 Mechanical Properties
    1.3.5 Optical Properties
    1.3.6 Electrical Properties
    1.4 Classification of Nanoparticles
    1.5 Nanoparticles Synthesis
    1.6 Nanoparticle Synthesis by Fungal Resources
    1.6.1 Silver Nanoparticles (Ag-NPs) 1.6.2 Gold Nanoparticles (Au-NPs)
    1.6.3 Other Nanoparticles
    1.7 Applications of Nanoparticles
    1.7.1 Catalysis
    1.7.2 Wound Healing
    1.7.3 Textile Fabrics
    1.7.4 Vegetables and Food Preservation
    1.7.5 Molecular Detection
    1.8 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 2: Nanoparticle-Incorporated Soy Protein Isolate Films
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Soy Protein
    2.3 Nanoparticles
    2.3.1 Non-functionalized/Absence of Reactive Moiety Nanoparticles
    2.3.2 Functionalized/Reactive Moiety Nanoparticles
    2.4 SPI as a Film 2.5 Structural and Reinforcement Effect of Nanoparticle in SPI Film
    2.5.1 FTIR
    2.5.2 Transmittance
    2.5.3 Water Uptake
    2.5.4 Mechanical Properties
    2.5.5 XRD
    2.5.6 SEM and TEM
    2.6 Mode of Interactions Between Nanoparticles and Soy Protein
    2.7 Antimicrobial Effects of Nanoparticles in Soy Protein Film
    2.8 Conclusion and Future Prospects
    References
    Chapter 3: Formulation, Characterization, and Potential Application of Nanoemulsions in Food and Medicine
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Types of Nanoemulsions
    3.3 Constituents of Nanoemulsions 3.4 Methodology for the Preparation of Nanoemulsions
    3.4.1 High-Energy Methods
    3.4.1.1 High-Pressure Homogenizer
    3.4.1.2 High Shear Stirring
    3.4.1.3 Ultrasonication Method
    3.4.1.4 Microfluidization
    3.4.2 Low-Energy Methods
    3.4.2.1 Spontaneous Nanoemulsions
    3.4.2.2 Phase Inversion Method
    3.4.2.3 Phase Inversion Temperature (PIT)
    3.4.2.4 Phase Inversion Composition (PIC)
    3.4.3 Bubble Bursting Method
    3.5 Firmness of Nanoemulsions
    3.6 Characterization of Nanoemulsions
    3.6.1 Morphology
    3.6.2 Size
    3.6.3 Zeta Potential (Surface Charge) 3.6.4 Polydispersity Index (PDI)
    3.6.5 Viscosity
    3.6.6 Refractive Index
    3.6.7 Dye Test
    3.6.8 Thermodynamic Stability
    3.6.8.1 Heating and Cooling Cycles
    3.6.8.2 Centrifugation
    3.6.8.3 Freeze and Thaw Cycles
    3.7 Application of Nanoemulsions
    3.7.1 Antimicrobial Nanoemulsions
    3.7.2 Preventive Agents Against Bioterrorism
    3.7.3 Disinfectant Cleaners
    3.7.4 Nanoemulsions in Delivery of Vaccine
    3.7.5 Nanoemulsions for Oral Delivery
    3.7.6 Nanoemulsions in Cell Culture
    3.7.7 Nanoemulsions as Ocular Drug Delivery
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Vishnu Kirthi Arivarasan, Karthik Loganathan, Pushpamalar Janarthanan, editors.
    Summary: Nanomedicine is the field of science that deals with organic applications of medicine at the nanoscale level. It primarily addresses finding, anticipating, and treating sickness, as well as using nanotechnology to assist in controlling human frameworks at the cellular level. The nature of nanotechnology allows it to address numerous medical issues in humans. This book offers comprehensive information to better comprehend and apply multifunctional nanoparticles in nanomedicine, and thus open avenues in the field. Medicating at the nanolevel is an exceptional therapeutic avenue, as it avoids symptoms associated with conventional medicines. This book investigates recent insights into structuring novel drug delivery frameworks. It concentrates on the physical characteristics of drug delivery transporters, and the preliminary procedures involved in their use. The book offers in-depth detail that benefits academics and researchers alike, containing broad research from experts in the field, and serves as a guide for students and researchers in the field of nanomedicine, drug delivery, and nanotechnology.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Nanomedicine: General Introduction from A to Z
    Immunology and Nanotechnology: Effects and Affects
    Role of Nanotechnology in Sensor Development
    Nanotechnology in the Characterization of Cancer
    Nano Vaccine
    Nanotechnology in Theranostics and In Vivo Imaging
    The Implication of Physical and Chemical Characterization of Therapeutic and Imaging Applications
    Polymers in Nanomedicine
    Delivery of Drug Payloads to Organs and Organ-Systems of Human Beings
    Drug Delivery Towards Cancer
    Drug Delivery Towards Malaria
    Nanotechnology in Tissue Engineering and Implant Development
    Interactions Between Nano-Delivery Agents and Immune Systems
    The Fate of Drug Delivery Agents after Delivery of Payload
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Sanjay Singh, Pawan Kumar Maurya, editors.
    Summary: The book introduces the basic concepts of nanotechnology and the various technologies to characterize nanomaterials. It also covers the nanostructural features of mammalian cells/tissues and related nanomechanical properties. In addition, the book comprehensively describes the current state-of-the-art and future perspectives of nanotechnology in biosensors. It also discusses the potential of nanotechnology for delivering the diverse cancer therapeutics and illustrates its limitation due to the potential toxicity associated with oxidative stress. It also highlights the ethical issues and translational aspects related to nanotechnology. Finally, it summarizes the applications of nanotechnology in animal biotechnology, the recent perspectives and future challenges of nanomedicines. The content of the book are beneficial for the undergraduate, postgraduate and doctoral students as well the professionals working in the area of nanotechnology and nanomedicines.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; About the Editors; Novel Therapeutics and Diagnostics Strategies Based on Engineered Nanobiomaterials; 1 Introduction; 2 Salient Features of Nanomaterials; 3 Biomedical Applications of Nanomaterials; 3.1 Bone Tissue Engineering; 3.2 Stem Cell Therapy; 3.3 Potential Therapeutics for Neurodegeneration; 3.4 Cancer Therapy; 3.5 Wound Healing Applications; 4 Drug Delivery; 4.1 Nano-emulsions; 4.2 Inorganic Nanoparticles; 4.2.1 Gold Nanoparticles (AuNPs); 4.2.2 Iron Oxide Nanoparticles (IONPs); 4.2.3 Silver Nanoparticles (AgNPs); 4.2.4 Quantum Dots (QDs) 1 Introduction1.1 Mechanism of siRNA Interference; 2 Advantages of siRNA; 2.1 Potency; 2.2 Selectivity; 2.3 Safe and Cheap Alternative; 3 Routes of Administration of siRNA; 3.1 Localized Delivery; 3.1.1 Topical Administration; 3.1.2 Ocular Administration; 3.1.3 Pulmonary Administration; 3.1.4 Gastrointestinal Administration; 3.1.5 Central Nervous System Administration; 3.1.6 Vaginal Administration; 3.2 Systemic Delivery; 3.2.1 Oral Administration; 3.2.2 Intravenous Administration; 3.2.3 Intraperitoneal Administration; 4 Major Hurdles to the Therapeutic Delivery of siRNA; 4.1 Transient Effect 3.2.2 Necrosis3.2.3 Secondary or Apoptotic Necrosis; 3.2.4 Factors Affecting Plasmonic Photothermal Therapy (PPTT); 3.2.5 Mechanism of Plasmonic Photothermal Therapy (PPTT); 4 Plasmonic Photothermal Therapy by Different Gold Nanostructures; 4.1 Gold Nanospheres; 4.2 Gold Nanorods (GNRs); 4.3 Gold Nanoshells (GNSs); 4.4 Gold Nanocages (GNCs) and Gold Nanorattles (GNRTs); 4.5 Gold Nanostars (GNSTs) and Gold Nanopopcorns (GNPs); 4.6 Gold Nanoaggregates; 5 Summary and Outlook; References; Nanomaterials-Based siRNA Delivery: Routes of Administration, Hurdles and Role of Nanocarriers 4.2 Stability4.3 Physiological Barriers; 4.4 Cellular Uptake and Endosomal Engulfing; 4.5 Off-Target Effect; 4.6 Saturation of RNAi Machinery; 4.7 Stimulation of Immune System by siRNAs; 5 Overcoming the Hurdles to siRNA Delivery Using Nanocarriers; 6 The Aid of Nanocarriers for siRNA Delivery; 6.1 Enhanced Blood Retention Time; 6.2 Enhanced Stability and Cell Penetration Property; 6.3 Site-Specific Delivery; 6.4 pH-Sensitive Trigger Release; 6.5 Avoid Intracellular Endosomal Engulfing; 7 Classification of Nanocarriers Used for Systemic Delivery of siRNA; 7.1 Organic Nanocarriers 5 Nanomaterials in Diagnostics5.1 Nanocomposites; 5.2 Nanoparticles; 5.3 Quantum Dots; 6 Conclusions and Future Prospective; References; Gold Nanostructures for Photothermal Therapy; 1 Introduction; 2 Types of Gold Nanostructures and Their Optical Properties; 2.1 Gold Nanospheres; 2.2 Gold Nanorods; 2.3 Gold Nanoshells; 2.4 Gold Nanocages and Nanorattles; 2.5 Gold Nanostars (GNSTs) and Gold Nanopopcorns (GNPs); 3 Mechanism of Heat Generation and Cell Death Induced by Plasmonic Photothermal Therapy (PTT); 3.1 Mechanism of Heat Generation; 3.2 Mechanism of Cell Death; 3.2.1 Apoptosis
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Mahendra Rai, editor.
    Summary: The main goal of the present book is to deal with the role of nanobiotechnology in skin, soft tissue and bone infections since it is difficult to treat the infections due to the development of resistance in them against existing antibiotics. The present interdisciplinary book is very useful for a diverse group of readers including nanotechnologists, medical microbiologists, dermatologists, osteologists, biotechnologists, bioengineers. Nanotechnology in Skin, Soft Tissue, and Bone Infections is divided into four sections: Section I- includes role of nanotechnology in skin infections such as atopic dermatitis, and nanomaterials for combating infections caused by bacteria and fungi. Section II- incorporates how nanotechnology can be used for soft-tissue infections such as diabetic foot ulcer and other wound infections; Section III- discusses about the nanomaterials in artificial scaffolds bone engineering and bone infections caused by bacteria and fungi; and also about the toxicity issues generated by the nanomaterials in general and nanoparticles in particular. The readers will be immensely enriched by the knowledge of new and emerging nanobiotechnologies in a variety of platforms.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Skin Infections
    Chapter 1: Nitric Oxide-Releasing Nanomaterials and Skin Infections
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 NO and Human Skin
    1.3 Delivering NO to Human Skin
    1.4 Nanoparticles for Dermatological Applications
    1.4.1 Liposomes
    1.4.2 Polymeric Nanoparticles
    1.4.3 Metallic Nanoparticles
    1.5 NO-Releasing Nanomaterials for Biomedical Purposes
    1.5.1 NO-Releasing Nanoparticles in the Management of Skin Infection
    1.5.1.1 Bacterial Infections
    1.5.1.2 Fungal Infections
    1.5.1.3 Parasitic Infections 1.6 Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 2: Metal Nanoparticle Based Antibacterial Nanocomposites for Skin Infections
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Anatomy and Physicochemical Properties of Skin
    2.3 Type of Bacterial Infections in Skin
    2.4 Emergence of Various Types of Metal Nanoparticles (MNPs) and Its Composites
    2.5 Essences of New Class of Nanoscale Materials Suitable Against Skin Infections
    2.6 Nanoscale Materials as Antibacterial Skincare Agents
    2.6.1 Metal Nanoparticles
    2.6.1.1 Silver Nanoparticles (Ag NPs)
    2.6.1.2 Gold Nanoparticles (Au NPs)
    2.6.2 Metal Oxide NPs 2.6.2.1 Titanium Dioxide Nanoparticles
    2.6.2.2 Zinc Oxide Nanoparticles
    2.6.2.3 Copper Oxide Nanoparticles
    2.6.2.4 Other Metal Oxide Nanoparticles
    2.6.3 Nanocomposites
    2.7 Proposed Mathematical Models of Penetration of NPs Through Skin
    2.8 Diffusion of NPs Through Skin
    2.8.1 Mathematical Model for Diffusion Through Skin
    2.8.2 Metal and Metal Oxide NPs Diffusion Through Skin
    2.9 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 3: Combination Therapy Using Metal Nanoparticles for Skin Infections
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Skin Infections
    3.3 Types of Skin Infections 3.3.1 Bacterial Skin Infections
    3.3.2 Fungal Skin Infections
    3.3.2.1 Athlete's Foot or Tinea pedis
    3.3.2.2 Jock Itch or Tinea cruris
    3.3.2.3 Ringworm or Tinea corporis
    3.3.2.4 Yeast Infections
    3.3.3 Viral Skin Infections
    3.3.3.1 Herpes Simplex Virus (HSV)
    3.3.3.2 Chickenpox (Varicella zoster)
    3.3.3.3 Shingle (Herpes zoster)
    3.3.3.4 Molluscum Contagiosum
    3.3.3.5 Measles and Rubella
    3.3.3.6 Hand-Foot-and-Mouth Disease
    3.3.3.7 Roseola
    3.3.3.8 Warts
    3.3.4 Parasitic Infections
    3.4 Metal and Metal Oxide Nanoparticles on Skin Infections 3.4.1 Silver Nanoparticles (AgNPs)
    3.4.2 Gold Nanoparticles (AuNPs)
    3.4.3 Copper Nanoparticles (CuNPs)
    3.4.4 Copper Oxide Nanoparticles (CuO NPs)
    3.4.5 Titanium Oxide Nanoparticles (TiO2 NPs) and Zinc Oxide Nanoparticles (ZnO NPs)
    3.5 Human Skin Penetration of Metallic Nanoparticles
    3.6 Combined Therapy of Metallic Nanoparticles in Bacterial Skin Infections
    3.7 Combined Therapy of Metallic Nanoparticles in Fungal Skin Infections
    3.8 Combined Therapy of Metallic Nanoparticles in Viral Skin Infections
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Mahendra Rai, Bushra Jamil, editors.
    Summary: This book is specifically designed to provide information about various nanocarriers currently developed under the emerging field of nanotheranostics for a sustained, controlled, and targeted co-delivery of diagnostic and therapeutic agents. Diverse theranostic applications of nanotechnology and their limitations are also addressed. It integrates nanobiotechnology with theranostic applications. The combined term nanotheranostics has diverse application particularly in chemotherapy and other infectious diseases. Among other topics addressed are antimicrobial resistance, targeting intra-cellular pathogens, viruses and bacteria, chemotherapy, cancer therapeutics, and inflammatory disorders. This interdisciplinary volume, Nanotheranostics, Applications and Limitations, is essential for a diverse group of readers including nanotechnologists, microbiologists, biotechnologists, bioengineering and bioprocess industry.

    Contents:
    Nanotheranostics: An emerging nanoscience
    Green bionanomaterials: current status and future prospects in theranostics
    Current status and prospects of Chitosan-metal Nanoparticles and their applications as theranostic agents
    Aptamersnano complexes and aptamer based biosensors' role in ultrasensitive sensing
    Nanotheranostics Approaches In Antimicrobial Resistance
    Nanomaterials for selective targeting of intracellular pathogens
    Impact of nanoformulations on viruses and bacteria
    Theranostic potential of aptamers in antimicrobial chemotherapy
    Current and future aspects of nanotheranostics in cancer therapeutics
    Superparamagnetic Iron Oxide Nanoparticles (SPIONs) for Cancer Theranostic applications
    Theranostic applications of Nanobiotechnology in Cancer
    Aminolevulinic acid associated with nanotechnology for theranostic applications
    Non-viral targeted gene delivery for inflammatory disorder: applications and limitation.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Vineet Kumar, Praveen Guleria, Shivendu Ranjan, Nandita Dasgupta, Eric Lichtfouse, editors.
    Summary: This book discusses the basics of nanotoxicity and gives a detailed account of methods used for toxicity evaluation of nanomaterials. It also gives indepth coverage of the effect of different types of nanomaterials, including organic and inorganic, on various aquatic animals, microorganisms and plants, and outlines recent challenges, regulatory frameworks and advances in nanotoxicity testing.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter 1. Introduction, Principles, and Concepts
    Chapter 2. Nanomaterials and Health
    Chapter 3. Safety and Utility of Nanomaterials on Reproduction and Development: an Update of Alternative Methods
    Chapter 4. Nano-Toxicity to Microbes: Potential Implications of Nanomaterials on Microbial Activity
    Chapter 5. Nanomaterials Causing Cellular Toxicity and Genotoxicity
    Chapter 6. Exploring Microbial Nanotoxicity Against Drug Resistance in Bacteria
    Chapter 7. Toxicity of Engineered Nanostructures in Aquatic Environments
    Chapter 8. In Vitro Methodologies For Toxicological Assessment Of Drug Delivery Nanocarriers
    Chapter 9. Impact Of Nanomaterials On The Food Chain
    Chapter 10. Phytoresponse to Nanoparticles Exposure
    Chapter 11. Environmental Impact and Econanotoxicity of Engineered Nanomaterials.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Dayong Wang.
    Summary: This book focuses on the toxicity of engineered nanomaterials (ENMs) and their underlying physicochemical, cellular, physiological, and molecular mechanisms. Further, it covers ENMs' translocation and their targeted organ toxicology, and discusses chemical and pharmacological strategies used to combat nanotoxicity. Engineered nanomaterials (ENMs) are defined as materials with one or more dimensions of less than 100 nm, and have shown considerable promise in several areas of development. At the same time, the potential toxicity of ENMs for human health and environmental organisms is increasingly attracting attention. In addition to the typical properties of model animals, Caenorhabditis elegans is extremely sensitive to environmental toxicants, which makes it the ideal in vivo assay system for toxicological studies. C. elegans has been widely used in toxicity assessment and toxicological studies of environmental toxicants and stresses. This book provides a comprehensive summary of nanotoxicology research on C. elegans.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Values of C. elegans in Toxicological Study; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Raise of a Series of Useful Sublethal Endpoints for Toxicity Assessment of Environmental Toxicants; 1.3 High-Throughput Screen and Identification of Chemicals; 1.4 Toxicity Assessment of Environmental Toxicants Under Susceptible Genetic Backgrounds; 1.5 Toxicity Assessment of Environmental Toxicants at Environmentally Relevant Concentrations; 1.6 Understanding the In Vivo Physicochemical, Cellular, and Physiological Mechanisms of Toxicity Induced by Environmental Toxicants. 1.7 Elucidation of Toxicological Mechanisms of Environmental Toxicants in Certain Targeted Organs1.8 Elucidation of Underlying Molecular Mechanisms of Toxicity Induced by Environmental Toxicants; 1.9 Distribution and Translocation of Environmental Toxicants; 1.10 Confirmation of Chemical with Low-Toxicity or Non-Ưtoxicity Property; 1.11 Limitations of C. elegans in the Toxicological Study; References;
    Chapter 2: Endpoints for Toxicity Assessment of Nanomaterials; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Lethality; 2.3 Morphology and Development; 2.4 Reproduction. 2.4.1 Endpoints Assessing the Development of Reproductive Organs2.4.1.1 Germline Apoptosis; 2.4.1.2 Number of Apoptotic Cells per Gonad Arm Using CED-1::GFP Transgenic Strain; 2.4.1.3 Assay of DNA Damage Using HUS-1::GFP Transgenic Strain; 2.4.1.4 Assay of 40,6-Diamidino-2-Phenylindole (DAPI) Staining; 2.4.2 Endpoints Assessing the Function of Reproductive Organs; 2.4.2.1 Brood Size; 2.4.2.2 The Number of Oocytes; 2.4.2.3 Egg Ejection; 2.4.2.4 Embryonic Lethality; 2.4.3 Reproduction of Male Nematodes; 2.4.3.1 Male Formation Assay; 2.4.3.2 Abnormal Male-Specific Structures. 2.5 Neuronal Development and Function2.5.1 Neuronal Development; 2.5.1.1 Analysis of Axonal Degeneration and Neuronal Loss of D-Type GABAergic Motor Neurons; 2.5.1.2 Fluorescent Images of Certain Neurons; 2.5.2 Neuronal Function; 2.5.2.1 Movement Speed; 2.5.2.2 Locomotion Behavior; 2.5.2.3 Thermotaxis Perception and Thermotaxis Learning Assays; 2.5.2.4 Foraging Behavior Assay; 2.5.2.5 Shrinking Behavior Assay; 2.5.2.6 Neurotransmission; 2.6 Intestinal Development and Function; 2.6.1 Intestinal Development. 2.6.1.1 Analysis of Intestinal Development Based on Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) Assay2.6.1.2 Analysis of Expression Patterns of Genes Required for the Control of Intestinal Development; 2.6.2 Intestinal Function; 2.6.2.1 Intestinal Reactive Oxygen Species (ROS) Production; 2.6.2.2 Intestinal Permeability; 2.6.3 Defecation Behavior; 2.6.3.1 Defecation Behavior; 2.6.3.2 Analysis and Fluorescent Images of Neurons Controlling the Defecation Behavior; 2.6.3.3 Analysis of Expression Patterns of Genes Required for the Control of Defecation Behavior; 2.7 Epidermal Development.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Henriqueta Louro, Maria João Silva, editors.
    Summary: Since its advent, nanotechnologies are considered key enabling technologies that take advantage of a wide array of nanomaterials (NMs) for biomedical and industrial applications generating significant societal and economic benefits. However, such innovation increases human exposure to these substances through inhalation, ingestion or dermal contact raising public health concerns. Furthermore, the NMs specific physicochemical properties, that confer them unique beneficial characteristics, can also elicit nano-bio interactions leading to toxicity and concerns for public health. In addition, such properties can be affected by the surrounding matrix, particularly when incorporated in complex matrices such as food products, leading to secondary features potentially more relevant than primary characteristics for determining their toxicological outcome. These nano specific issues raise the question of whether the NMs may produce adverse outcomes that are not accounted for when using conventional toxicological approaches to assess their safety. Such uncertainties about the safety of NMs for human health and the environment may hamper a faster and more widespread exploration of their potentials. In response, the NMs definition has evolved, and nanotoxicology has developed towards new and more integrative approach methods to support regulatory and policy actions. This book provides a perspective on recent developments in the synthesis, application, and characterization of NMs and the related nanotechnologies, focusing on nanotoxicology for their accurate safety assessment early in the product development stage. The use of complex in vitro models, including multicellular systems and organoids, and "omics-based" approaches, such as transcriptomics or epigenomics, have greatly contributed to an in-depth understanding of the cellular and molecular mechanisms behind some NMs toxicity. Such mechanistic knowledge is equally addressed in this book and has set the basis for a predictive nanotoxicology approach building on adverse outcome pathways. In addition, considering the knowledge provided by the above-mentioned approaches, insights into risk assessment, standardization, and regulation of NMs are also included. Incorporating adequate nanosafety assessment early in the life-cycle of NMs will allow the implementation of the safe and sustainable-by-design paradigm enabling safety to keep pace with innovation. Chapters 10 and 15 are available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License via link.springer.com.

    Contents:
    Part I: Nanotechnologies: Synthesis, application and characterization of nanomaterials
    Chapter 1. Challenges in Nanomaterial Characterization From Definition to Analysis (Jose Catita)
    Chapter 2.Trends in the design and evaluation of polymeric nanocarriers: the in vitro nano-bio interactions (Ana Bettencourt, Lidia Goncalves)
    Chapter 3. LipNanoCar technology - A versatile and scalable technology for the production of lipid nanoparticles (Vera L.R. Esgueira, Clara P.A. Lopes, Ana Catarina A. dos Santos, Fatima C.R.V. Pinto, Silvia A. Sousa, Dragana P.C. de Barros, Jorge H. Leitao, Luis P. Fonseca)
    Chapter 4. Dermal delivery of lipid nanoparticles: Effects on skin and assessment of absorption and safety (Fatima Pinto, Luis P. Fonseca, Dragana P.C. de Barros)
    Chapter 5. Targeting cancer by using nanoparticles to modulate Rho GTPase signalling (Paulo Matos, Joana F. S. Pereira and Peter Jordan)
    Chapter 6. Nanocelluloses: production, characterization and market (Paulo J. T. Ferreira, Ana F. Lourenco)
    Part II: Nanotoxicology: concepts and methodologies for toxicity evaluation of the nanomaterials
    Chapter 7. Nanotoxicology assessment and safety aspects of nanocelluloses for 3D bioprinting applications (Gary Chinga-Carrasco, Jennifer Rosendahl, and Julia Catalan)
    Chapter 8. New "omics" approaches as a tool to explore mechanistic nanotoxicology (Celia Ventura, Vukosava Torres, Luis Vieira, Bruno Gomes, Antonio Sebastiao Rodrigues, Jose Rueff, Deborah Penque, Maria Joao Silva)
    Chapter 9. Epigenetic mechanisms in understanding nanomaterial-induced toxicity (Manosij Ghosh, Lode Godderis, Peter Hoet)
    Chapter 10. Cellular and molecular mechanisms of toxicity of ingested nanomaterials (Adriana Vieira, Ana Gramacho, Dora Rolo, Nadia Vital, Maria Joao Silva, Henriqueta Louro)
    Chapter 11. Nanomaterial-induced extra-pulmonary health effects - the importance of next generation physiologically relevant in vitro test systems for the future of nanotoxicology (Ali Kermanizadeh, Gwyndaf Roberts)
    Chapter 12. Drosophila as a suitable in vivo model in the safety assessment of nanomaterials (Esref Demir, Fatma Turna Demir, and Ricard Marcos)
    Chapter 13. Toxicological aspects of iron oxide nanoparticles (Natalia Fernandez-Bertolez,b, Carla Costa, Fatima Brandao, Joao Paulo Teixeira, Eduardo Pasaro, Vanessa Valdiglesias, Blanca Laffon)
    Chapter 14. Hazard assessment of benchmark metallic nanomaterials through a set of in vitro genotoxicity assays (Nadia Vital, Mariana Pinhao, Naouale El Yamani, Elise Ruden-Pran, Henriqueta Louro, Maria Dusinska, Maria Joao Silva)
    Part III: Towards the risk assessment and regulation of nanomaterials
    Chapter 15. Nanomaterials, a new challenge in the workplace (Ana Rita Alberto, Cristina Matos, Gabriel Carmona-Aparicio, Muriel Iten)
    Chapter 16. Nanomaterials in foods and human digestion: an important layer in the assessment of potential toxic effects (Carla Martins, Paula Alvito, Ricardo Assuncao)
    Chapter 17. Adverse Outcome Pathways (AOPs) development, a tool for predictive nanotoxicology (Dora Rolo, Ana Tavares, Nadia Vital, Maria Joao Silva and Henriqueta Louro).
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Meeta Goswami, S.R. Pandi-Perumal, Michael J. Thorpy, editors.
    Contents:
    Section I
    Etiology
    1. The Genetics of Narcolepsy
    2. Orexin (Hypocretin) and Narcolepsy
    3. Precipitants of Narcolepsy: Vaccines and Infections
    Section II
    Clinical Considerations
    4. Epidemiology of Narcolepsy
    5. Diagnostic Criteria and Delay in Diagnosis of Narcolepsy
    6. Narcolepsy in Childhood
    7. Narcolepsy in the Older Adult
    8. Hypnagogic Hallucinations and Sleep Paralysis
    9. Symptomatic Narcolepsy or Hypersomnia, with and without Hypocretin (Orexin) Deficiency
    10. Hypersomnias Other than Narcolepsy: Differential Diagnosis
    11. Narcolepsy and Other Comorbid Medical Illnesses
    12. Sleep Disorders Comorbidities in Narcolepsy and their Management
    13. Neuroimaging of Narcolepsy
    Section III
    Psychosocial Considerations
    14. Quality of Life and Psychosocial Issues in Narcolepsy: Implications for Management
    15. Narcolepsy, Intimacy and Sexuality
    16. Memory and Cognition in Narcolepsy
    17. Psychoanalysis and Narcolepsy
    18. Dreaming in Narcolepsy
    19. Narcolepsy and Mental Illness
    20. Narcolepsy, Driving and Traffic Safety
    Section IV
    Management
    21. Overview of Management of Narcolepsy
    22. Modes of Action of Drugs Related to Narcolepsy: Pharmacology of Wake-Promoting Compounds and Anticataplectics
    23. Modafinil/Armodafinil in the Treatment of Narcolepsy
    24. Sodium Oxybate in the Treatment of Narcolepsy
    25. Pregnancy and Anaesthesia in Narcolepsy
    26. Emerging Treatments for Narcolepsy
    27. Behavioral and Non-Pharmacological Management of Narcolepsy
    Section V
    Health Care Delivery and Medico-Legal Considerations
    28. Narcolepsy and Developmental Disability
    29. Succeeding in School and in the Workplace with Narcolepsy
    30. Medico-Legal Aspects of Disability in Narcolepsy
    31. The Affordable Care Act and the Future of Sleep Medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Peter M. Kellett.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Narrating patienthood: voicing, empowering, advocating
    Narratives of patient experience
    From stories to discoveries
    Cultural communication competency as a two-way street
    If I die, who will tell their stories?
    Narrating patienthood: differences that matter
    African Americans and hospice care
    "Can you please direct me to a doctor that has a heart?"
    Exploring the effects of patient-provider communication on the lives of women with vulvodynia
    Queer patienthood
    An autoethnographic account of navigating patienthood as a person with hearing impairment
    Narrating patienthood: intersections of communication and the personal, relational, professional, and cultural
    From consumer to community-based researcher
    The gendered nature of generosity in post-hysterectomy "dear honey" letters
    The narrative journey and decision-making process of plastic surgery patienthood
    Narrative sense-making in systemic lupus erthematosus
    Healthy mother, healthy baby
    Ableist Biases
    Index
    About the contributors.
  • Print
    edited by Jessica Bylander ; foreword by Abraham Verghese, MD.
    Summary: "This second edition features a new collection of thirty-two essays previously published in the Narrative Matters section of the journal Health Affairs in recent years. As in the first edition, the essays are divided into topical areas such as the doctor-patient relationship, health care delivery and reform, care for aging patients, and the opioid crisis. The book could be adopted for courses on medical humanities or narrative medicine. The essays are written by some of the leading popular writers in health care today"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The practice of medicine
    Medical innovation and research
    Patient-centered care
    The doctor-patient relationship
    Disparities and discrimination
    Aging and end-of-life care
    Maternity and childbirth
    Opioids and substance abuse.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    RA393 .N37 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Maria Giulia Marini.
    Contents:
    Evidence-based medicine and narrative medicine: a harmonic couple
    Bridging from mythology to contemporary care: the art of listening
    Bridging from oral tradition to writing: the art of empathy
    The Tower of Babel: the language of physicians, patients, and providers of care
    Patient's narrative as a probe for successful coping
    The muted desire for well-being and the abuse of the word "normality" in medicine
    Bridging the gap between personalization of care and research
    The place of illness-centred movies in medical humanities
    Designing health care based on patient's needs and rights
    Building a bridge between economic investment and medical humanities: the fears to overcome
    A selection of narratives
    Glossary: a tool to bridge the gap between medical humanities, medical science, health-care organization, and health-care economics.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Jun Ma, Nancy Y. Lee, Jiade J. Lu, editors.
    Summary: This book provides up-to-date guidance that will assist radiation oncologists during the day-to-day management of nasopharyngeal cancer. After discussion of diagnosis and staging, target delineation techniques and treatment planning are described for both intensity-modulated and particle radiation therapy. Detailed information is then presented on the application of radiation therapy in different disease settings, from early stage disease to metastatic disease. Due attention is paid to the role of multimodality treatment and new and advanced technologies in particular circumstances, such as local recurrence. In addition, follow-up and the management of late toxicities are explained and management strategies are documented for special situations and groups, including pediatric patients. The book is published within the Springer series Practical Guides in Radiation Oncology. Like other volumes in the series, it is designed for hands-on use by both radiation oncology residents and practicing radiation oncologists. It will also be of value for head and neck physicians.

    Contents:
    1.Diagnosis Staging of Nasopharyngeal Cancer
    2.Contouring Methods and Atlas of Organs at Risk
    3.Management of neck disease in early stage disease
    4.Multimodality Management for Locally Advanced Nasopharyngeal Cancer
    5.Intesity-modulated radiation therapy for Nasopharyngeal Cancer
    6.Particle beam radiation therapy for Nasopharyngeal Cancer
    7.Treatment of Metastatic Nasopharyngeal Cancer
    8.Salvage radiation therapy for locally recurrent Nasopharyngeal Cancer
    9.The Use of the EBV Blood Test in Clinical Management Decision
    10.Management of Radiotherapy Induced Acute Toxicities
    11.Management of Radiation-induced Late Complications and Evidence-based Surveillance for Nasopharyngeal Carcinoma
    12.Special Consideration in Pediatric Nasopharyngeal Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editors, Sue S. Yom, Joseph Wee.
    Contents:
    Nasopharyngeal carcinoma : management strategies / Sue S. Yom & Joseph Wee
    Epidemiology of nasopharyngeal carcinoma / Yoke Lim Soong & Ivan Weng Keong Tham
    Nasopharyngeal carcinoma : imaging / Eric Y.S. Ting, Chih Ching Choong & Vincent F.H. Chong
    Nasopharyngeal cancer staging / John Kim
    Early-stage nasopharyngeal carcinoma / Henry CK Sze, Ka On Lam & Anne W.M. Lee
    Management of locally and regionally advanced nasopharyngeal carcinoma with chemoradiotherapy / Benjamin H. Lok & Nancy Y. Lee
    Management of the node negative neck in early-stage nasopharyngeal carcinoma / Francis C.H. Ho & Jiade J. Lu
    Nasopharyngeal carcinoma : staging work-up and surveillance / Azita S. Khorsandi & Kenneth Hu
    Oligometastatic disease / Amy T.Y. Chang, Oscar S.H. Chan, Simon S. Lo & Wai Tong Ng
    Salvage treatment for local recurrence / Dora L.W. Kwong & Jimmy Y.W. Chan
    Nasopharyngeal carcinoma : distant metastasis / Wu-Meng Tan & Darren Wan-Teck Lim
    Epstein-Barr virus diagnostic and therapeutic opportunities in nasopharyngeal carcinoma / Radha Raghupathy, Edwin Pun Hui & Anthony T.C. Chan
    Emerging molecular targets in the treatment of nasopharyngeal carcinoma / Herbert H. Loong & Lillian L. Siu
    Survivorship and quality of life after treatment for nasopharyngeal cancer / Minh Tam Truong
    Ask the experts : maximizing the therapeutic ratio in the treatment of nasopharyngeal carcinoma / Sue S. Yom & Joseph Wee
    Multiple choice questions : answers.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Isam Alobid, Paolo Castelnuovo.
    Contents:
    Nasal anatomy / Alfonso García-Piñero, Eugenio Cárdenas, Ariel Kaen, Juan Antonio Simal-Julian
    Nasal physiology / Jonathan Frankel, Emily Hrisomalos, Steven M. Houser
    Nasal septum and nasal wall vascularization / Juan R. Gras-Cabrerizo, Juan Ramón Gras Albert, Elena Garcia-Garrigós, Humbert Massegur-Solench
    Nasal perforation etiology / Mauricio López-Chacón, Arturo Cordero Castillo, Cristobal Langdon, Francesca Jaume, Isam Alobid
    Systemic diseases associated with septal perforation / Mauricio López-Chacón, Arturo Cordero Castillo, Cristobal Langdon, Alfonso Santamaría, Isam Alobid
    Preoperative clinical evaluation of patient / Fabio Ferreli, Paolo Castelnuovo
    Conservative treatment / Arturo Cordero Castillo, Mauricio López-Chacón, Cristobal Langdon, Isam Alobid
    Nasal perforation and septal prosthesis / Meritxell Valls, Alfonso Santamaría, Isam Alobid
    Free grafts / Hesham A.K.A. Mansour
    Repair of nasal septal perforation by using middle turbinate flap / Deniz Hanci, Huseyin Altun
    Inferior turbinate flap / Cristobal Langdon, Isam Alobid
    Lateral nasal wall flap / Cristobal Langdon, Mauricio López-Chacón, Arturo Cordero Castillo, Alfonso Santamaría, Paula Mackers, Isam Alobid
    Anterior ethmoidal artery septal flap / Paolo Castelnuovo, Fabio Ferreli, Pietro Palma
    Unilateral mucosal advancement flap / Jung Soo Kim, Sung Jae Heo
    Bilateral cross-over flap technique / Shirley Shizue Nagata Pignatari, Aldo Cassol Stamm, Leonardo Balsalobre
    Bilateral septal mucosal flaps in septal perforations / José J. Letort
    Unilateral nasal floor and inferior meatus flap / Meritxell Valls Mateus, Cristobal Langdon, Isam Alobid
    Facial artery musculomucosal flap / Tareck Ayad, Philippe Lavigne, Ilyes Berania
    'Slide and patch' technique / Michele Cassano
    Backward extraction-reposition technique of quadrangular cartilage / Ignazio Tasca, Giacomo Ceroni Compadretti
    Pericranial flap and endoscopic septal repair / Alfonso Santamaría, Cristobal Langdon, Mauricio López-Chacón, Arturo Cordero Castillo, Isam Alobid
    Quality of life / Fabio Ferreli, Paolo Castelnuovo
    Endoscopic repair for septal perforation : algorithm / Fabio Ferreli, Paolo Castelnuovo.
  • Digital
    [edited by] Stuart H. Orkin, David E. Fisher, David Ginsburg, A. Thomas Look, Samuel E. Lux, David G. Nathan.
    Contents:
    Anatomy and physiology of hematopoiesis
    The neonatal erythrocyte and its disorders
    Immune hemolytic disease
    Neonatal jaundice and disorders of bilirubin metabolism
    Hemostasis in the newborn and infant
    Acquired aplastic anemia and pure red cell aplasia
    Inherited bone marrow failure syndromes
    Principles of bone marrow and stem cell transplantation
    Diagnostic approach to the anemic patient
    Megaloblastic anemia
    Disorders of iron and copper metabolism, the sideroblastic anemias, and lead toxicity
    Porphyrias
    Autoimmune hemolytic anemia
    Paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria
    Red cell membrane
    Disorders of the red cell membrane
    Pyruvate kinase deficiency and disorders of glycolysis
    Glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency
    Normal and abnormal hemoglobins
    Sickle cell disease
    Thalassemias
    Phagocyte system and disorders of granulopoiesis and granulocyte function
    Immune response
    Primary immunodeficiency diseases
    Lysosomal storage diseases
    Platelets and the vessel wall
    Blood coagulation
    Molecular basis of fibrinolysis
    Approach to the child with a suspected bleeding disorder
    Inherited platelet disorders
    Hemophilia and von Willebrand disease
    Rare hereditary coagulation factor abnormalities
    Inherited disorders of thrombosis and fibrinolysis
    Acquired platelet defects
    Acquired disorders of hemostasis
    Transfusion medicine
    Hematologic manifestations of systemic diseases
    Hematologic manifestations of systemic diseases in children of the developing world
    Origins and evolution of pediatric cancers
    Epidemiology of leukemia in childhood
    Informatics
    Genetic predisposition to cancer
    Genetics and epigenetics of childhood cancers
    Targeted therapies in oncology
    Cytogenetic and molecular pathology of pediatric cancer
    Cancer chemotherapy for pediatric patients
    Immunotherapy of cancer
    Pediatric radiation oncology
    Pediatric surgical oncology
    Acute lymphoblastic leukemia
    Pediatric myeloid leukemia, myelodysplasia, and myeloproliferative disease
    Infant leukemias
    Pediatric lymphoma
    Neuroblastoma
    Pediatric renal tumors
    Retinoblastoma
    Tumors of the brain and spinal cord
    Hepatoblastoma and other liver tumors in children
    Rhabdomyosarcoma
    Nonrhabdomyosarcoma soft tissue sarcomas and other soft tissue tumors
    Ewing sarcoma
    Osteosarcoma
    Pediatric germ cell tumors
    Histiocytoses
    Rare tumors of childhood
    Imaging in the evaluation and management of childhood cancer
    Infectious disease in the pediatric cancer patient
    Oncologic emergencies
    Nursing care of patients with childhood cancer
    Palliative care in pediatric oncology
    Symptom management in children with cancer
    Childhood cancer survivorship
    Psychosocial care of the child and family
    Ethical considerations in pediatric oncology clinical trials
    Reference values in infancy and childhood.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Click on Series link(s) for access options
  • Digital/Print
    World Health Organization.
    Summary: "This manual serves as a step-by-step practical reference to support countries in building capacity for integrating health inequality monitoring into their health information systems. It presents a range of World Health Organization tools and resources developed for measuring and reporting health inequality"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Determine scope of the monitoring
    Obtain data
    Analyse data
    Report results
    Implement changes.
    Digital Access WHO 2017
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA8.A4 N38 2017
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] Scott J. Gilbert, Daniel E. Weiner ; associate editors, Debbie S. Gipson, Mark A. Perazella, Marcello Tonelli.
    Contents:
    Overview of kidney function and structure
    Kidney development
    Assessment of glomerular filtration rate in acute and chronic settings
    Urinalysis and urine microscopy
    Hematuria and proteinuria
    Kidney imaging
    Hyponatremia and hypoosmolar disorders
    Hypernatremia
    Edema and the clinical use of diuretics
    Disorders of potassium metabolism
    Disorders of mineral matabolism: calcium, phosphorus, and magnesium
    Approach to acid-base disorders
    Metabolic acidosis
    Metabolis alkalosis
    Respiratory acidosis and alkalosis
    Glomerular clinicopathologic syndromes
    Minimal change disease
    Focal segmental glomerulosclerosis
    Membranous nephropathy
    Immunoglobulin A nephropathy and related disorders
    Goodpasture syndrome and other antiglomerular basement membrane diseases
    Postinfectious glomerulonephritis
    Kidney involvement in systemic vasculitis
    Kidney manifestations of systemic lupus erythematosus
    Pathogenesis, pathophysiology, and treatment of diabetic nephropathy
    Dysproteinemias and amyloidosis
    Thrombotic microangiopathies
    Viral nephropathies: human immunodeficiency virus, hepatitis C virus and hepatitis B virus
    Acute cardiorenal syndrome
    Hepatorenal syndrome and other liver-related kidney deseases
    Kidney incancers
    Pathophysiology of acute kidney injury
    Clinical approach to the diagnosis of acute kidney injury
    Acute tubular injury and tubular necrosis
    Acute interstitial nephritis
    Management of acute kidney injury
    Kidney disease causes by therapeutic agents
    Principles of drug therapy in patients with reduced kidney function
    Genetically based renal transport disorders
    Sickle cell nephropathy
    Polycystic and other cystic kidney diseases
    Nephronophthisis and medullary cystic kidney disease
    Alport syndrome and related disorders
    Fabry diseases
    Chronic tubulointerstitial disease
    Obstructive uropathy
    Nephrolithiasis
    Urinary tract infection and pylenonephritis
    Kidney in infants and children
    Kidney in pregnancy
    Kidney disease in the elderly
    Pathophysiology of chronic kidney diseases
    Staging and management of chronic kidney disease
    Nutrition and kidney diseases
    Bone disorders in chronic kidney disease
    Cardiac function and cardiovascular disease in chronic kidney disease
    Anemia and other hematologic complications of chronic kidney disease
    Hemodialysis
    Peritoneal dialysis
    Outcomes of kidney replacement therapies
    Selection of prospective kidney transplant recipients and donors
    Posttransplantation monitoring and oucomes
    Immunosuppression in transplantation
    Infectious complications of kidney transplantation
    Pathogenesis of hypertension
    Evaluation and management of hypertension
    Secondary hypertension.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2013
  • Digital
    [edited by] Scott J. Gilbert, Daniel E. Weiner ; associate editors, Andrew Bomback, Mark A. Perazella, Marcello Tonelli.
    Summary: "Ideal for residency, fellowship, clinical practice, and board review, the National Kidney Foundation's Primer on Kidney Diseases, 7th Edition, by Drs. Scott J. Gilbert and Daniel E. Weiner, offers comprehensive coverage of adult and pediatric kidney diseases in an authoritative, practical resource. Well organized and highly readable, it covers every relevant topic in the field, from anatomy, physiology, and pathophysiology, to diagnosis and management of kidney disease, to fluid and electrolyte disorders, hypertension, dialysis, and renal transplantation"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Structure and function of the kidney. Overview of kidney structure and function
    Kidney development
    Assessment of kidney function in acute and chronic settings
    Urinalysis and urine microscopy
    Hematuria and proteinuria
    Imaging the kidneys
    Acid/base and electrolytes. Hyponatremia and hypoosmolar disorders
    Hypernatremia
    Volume, edema and the clinical use of diuretics
    Disorders of potassium metabolism
    Disorders of calcium, phosphorus, & magnesium homeostasis
    Approach to acid-base disorders
    Metabolic acidosis
    Metabolic alkalosis
    Respiratory acidosis and alkalosis
    Glomerular diseases. Glomerular clinicopathologic syndromes
    Minimal change nephrotic syndrome
    Focal segmental glomerulosclerosis
    Membranous nephropathy
    Immunoglobulin a nephropathy and related disorders
    Kidney in systemic diseases. Complement-mediated glomerulonephritis and thrombotic microangiopathy
    Infection-related glomerulonephritis
    Viral nephropathies: human immunodeficiency virus, hepatitis c virus, and hepatitis B virus
    Kidney involvement in systemic vasculitis
    Systemic lupus erythematosus and the kidney
    Pathogenesis, pathophysiology, and treatment of diabetic nephropathy
    The kidney in malignancy
    Myeloma, amyloid and other dysproteinemias
    Acute cardiorenal syndrome
    Hepatorenal syndrome and other liver-related kidney diseases
    Acute kidney injury. Clinical approach to the diagnosis of acute kidney injury
    Acute tubular injury and acute tubular necrosis
    Acute interstitial nephritis
    Management of acute kidney injury
    Drugs and the kidney. Kidney disease caused by therapeutic agents
    Principles of drug therapy in patients with reduced kidney function
    Hereditary kidney disease. Genetics and kidney disease (APOL1)
    Genetically based renal transport disorders
    Sickle cell nephropathy
    Polycystic and other cystic kidney diseases
    Nephronophthisis and medullary cystic kidney disease
    Alport's syndrome and thin basement membrane Dz
    Fabry disease
    Tubulointerstitial diseases. Chronic tubulointerstitial disease
    Obstructive uropathy
    Nephrolithiasis
    Urinary tract infection and pyelonephritis
    Special circumstances. Kidney diseases in infants and children
    The kidney in pregnancy
    Kidney disease in the elderly
    Global kidney disease
    Chronic kidney disease. Development and progression of chronic kidney disease
    Staging and management of chronic kidney disease
    Nutrition and kidney disease
    Bone disorders in chronic kidney disease
    Cardiac function and cardiovascular disease in chronic kidney disease
    Anemia and other hematologic complications of chronic kidney disease
    Dialysis and transplantation. Hemodialysis and hemofiltration
    Peritoneal dialysis
    Outcome of end-stage renal disease therapies
    Selection of prospective kidney transplant recipients and donors
    Post-transplantation monitoring and outcomes
    Immunosuppression
    Transplant infectious disease
    Hypertension. Pathogenesis of hypertension
    Evaluation and management of hypertension
    Secondary hypertension.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Scott J. Gilbert, MD; Daniel E. Weiner, MD, MS; Andrew S. Bomback, MD, MPH; Mark A. Perazella, MD, MS; Dena E. Rifkin, MD, MS.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Annie Burke-Doe, PT, MPT, PhD, Professor, West Coast University, Los Angeles, California, Mark Dutton, PT.:
    Summary: "A fresh, new student-friendly physical therapy board review text National Physical Therapy Exam Review provides students with an outstanding review of entry level physical therapy concepts and principles. Following the human movement system and component elements such as anatomic structure and physiological function , the text is enhanced by innovative pedagogy and 1,000 questions (in print and online) that simulate the Physical Therapy Blueprint Practice Exam. Throughout the book, there is an emphasis on clinical application necessary to ensure safe and effective patient care. Follows the APTA's new vision which optimizes movement to improve the human experience. 1,000 exam review questions (in print and online). Numerous figures and tables. Pedagogy includes key terms, skill keeper questions (which prompt students to review previous material), clinical, scenarios, and chapter-ending questions"-- Provided by publisher. "This manual is your guide to prepare you for the National Physical Therapy Examination (NPTE) and earning your licensure. This guide includes insight from professional Physical Therapists on each component of the exam encompassing a review of NPTE content to best prepare you for successful exam results. This exam covers a broad range of topics from special populations to the body's main organ systems and how they interact to non-system components outlining professional responsibilities and ethics"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Cardiac, Vascular, and Pulmonary Systems
    Chapter 2: Musculoskeletal Physical Therapy
    Chapter 3: Neuromuscular Physical Therapy
    Chapter 4: Integumentary System
    Chapter 5: Metabolic and Endocrine Systems
    Chapter 6: Gastrointestinal System
    Chapter 7: Genitourinary System
    Chapter 8: Non-Systems
    Chapter 9: Special Topics: Geriatrics
    Chapter 10: Special Topics: Pediatrics.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessPhysiotherapy
    AccessPhysiotherapy
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    HD9665 .N277
    3
  • Digital/Print
    Division of Health Resources Utilization Statistics.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RA407.3 .N27
    2
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access Google Books 2002-
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Reference (Upstairs)
    HV4999.2 N38
    1
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    HV4999.2 N38
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Bachman, Jerald G.; Johnston, Lloyd D.; O'Malley, Patrick M.
    Contents:
    Vol. 1. Secondary school students
    v. 2. College students and young adults.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    HV5825 .N388
    9
  • Digital
    Philippe E. Zimmern, Elise J.B. De, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Uri Galili, PhD.
    Contents:
    Anti-gal in humans and its antigen the ?-gal epitope
    Why do we produce anti-gal
    Anti-gal comprises most of anti-blood group b antibodies
    Anti-gal interaction with Trypansoma, Leishmania, and Plasmodium parasites
    Anti-gal b cells are tolerized by a ?-gal epitopes in the absence of t cell help
    Anti-gal and other immune barriers in xenotransplantation
    Anti-gal IgE mediates allergies to red meat
    Anti-gal and autoimmunity
    Anti-gal-mediated amplification of viral vaccine efficacy
    Cancer immunotherapy by anti-gal-mediated in situ conversion of tumors into autologous vaccines
    Anti-gal as cancer cell destroying antibody and as antibiotics targeted by ?-gal bifunctional molecules
    Acceleration of wound and burn healing by anti-gal/?-gal nanoparticles interaction
    Anti-gal and anti-non gal antibodies in regeneration of extracellular matrix bio-implants
    Post infarction regeneration of ischemic myocardium by intramyocardial injection of ?-gal nanoparticles
    Regeneration of injured spinal cord and peripheral nerves by ?-gal nanoparticles
    Inhalation of ?-gal/sialic acid liposomes for decreasing influenza virus infection.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Mohd Sayeed Akhtar, Mallappa Kumara Swamy, Uma Rani Sinniah, editors.
    Summary: Bioactive compounds produced by natural sources, such as plants, microbes, endophytic fungi, etc., can potentially be applied in various fields, including agriculture, biotechnology and biomedicine. Several bioactive compounds have proved to be invaluable in mediating plant-microbe interactions, and promoting plant growth and development. Due to their numerous health-promoting properties, these compounds have been widely used as a source of medication since ancient times. However, there is an unprecedented need to meet the growing demand for natural bioactive compounds in the flavor and fragrance, food, and pharmaceutical industries. Moreover, discovering new lead molecules from natural sources is essential to overcoming the rising number of new diseases. In this regard, natural bioactive compounds hold tremendous potential for new drug discovery. Therefore, this field of research has become a vital area for researchers interested in understanding the chemistry, biosynthetic mechanisms, and pharmacological activities of these bioactive metabolites. This book describes the basics of bioactive plant compounds, their chemical properties, and their pharmacological biotechnological properties with regard to various human diseases and applications in the drug, cosmetics and herbal industries. It offers a valuable asset for all students, educators, researchers, and healthcare experts involved in agronomy, ecology, crop science, molecular biology, stress physiology, and natural products.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Production and Application of Novel of Bio-active Compounds by Endophytic Microbes
    Chapter 2. Endophytes
    The Unmapped Repository For Natural Products
    Chapter 3. Microbial Hosts as a Promising Platform for Polyphenols Production
    Chapter 4. Endolichenic fungi From Common Lichens as New Sources for Valuable Bio-active Compounds
    Chapter 5. Strategic Approaches for the Purification of Glycosides from Natural Sources
    Chapter 6. Natural Products-Based Pancreatic Lipase Inhibitors for Obesity Treatment
    Chapter 7. Natural compounds extracted from medicinal plants and their applications
    Chapter 8. Seed Oils as a Source of Natural Bioactive Compounds
    Chapter 9. Essential Oils Extracted from Medicinal Plants and their Applications
    Chapter 10. Cellulose-based hydrogels: Present and Future
    Chapter 11. Influence of Elicitors and Eustressors on the Production of Plant Secondary Metabolites
    Chapter 12. KRAS as potential target in colorectal cancer therapy
    Chapter 13. Recent insights on the anticancer properties of flavonoids: Prospective candidates for cancer chemoprevention and therapy
    Chapter 14. Natural Compounds Extracted from Moringa oleifera and their Agricultural Applications
    Chapter 15. Natural compound from genus Brassica and their therapeutical activities
    Chapter 16. Antibacterial and Antifungal Agents of Higher Plants
    Chapter 17. Bio-active Compounds Isolated from Neem tree and their Applications
    Chapter 18. Role of Plant Secondary Metabolites as Antidiabetic Agents
    Chapter 19. Plant metabolites and Pharmacological activities of Leptadenia pyrotechnica (Forssk.) Decne
    Chapter 20. Functioning of Organosulfur Compounds from Garlic (Allium sativum Linn) in targeting risk factors mediated Atherosclerosis: A Crosstalk between Alternative and Modern Medicine
    Chapter 21. Biological activities and nutritional value of Physalis peruviana L
    Chapter 22. Yield, Chemical Composition and Biological Evaluation of the Essential Oil of Baccharis Milleflora in the Atlantic Rain Forest of the Paraná State in Brazil.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Mallappa Kumara Swamy, Mohd Sayeed Akhtar, editors.
    Summary: Nature has consistently provided human beings with bioactive compounds that can be used directly as drugs or indirectly as drug leads. Some of the major classes of natural bioactive compounds include phenolics, alkaloids, tannins, saponins, lignin, glycosides, terpenoids, and many more. They possess a broad range of biological activities and are primarily useful in the treatment of various health issues. At the same time, the search for new and novel drugs is never-ending and, despite major advances in synthetic chemistry, nature remains an essential resource for drug discovery. Therefore, more and more researchers are interested in understanding the chemistry, clinical pharmacology, and beneficial effects of bioactive compounds in connection with solving human health problems. This book presents a wealth of information on natural metabolites that have been or are currently being used as drugs or leads for the discovery of new drugs. In addition, it highlights the importance of natural products against various human diseases, and their applications in the drug, nutraceuticals, cosmetics and herbal industries. Accordingly, the book offers a valuable resource for all students, educators, and healthcare experts involved in natural product research, phytochemistry, and pharmacological research.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Secondary Metabolites from Rosemary (Rosmarinus officinalis L.): Structure, Biochemistry and Therapeutic Implications against Neurodegenerative Diseases
    Chapter 2. The role of plant metabolites in drug discovery: Current challenges and future perspectives
    Chapter 3. Current insights on the role of terpenoids as anticancer agents: a perspective on cancer prevention and treatment
    Chapter 4. Myristica fragrans Houtt.: Botanical, Pharmacological and Toxicological Aspects
    Chapter 5. Coscinium fenestratum: A Review on Phytochemicals and Pharmacological Properties
    Chapter 6. Computationally Designed Recombinant-DNA-Based Compounds Production Driven in Plants during Secondary Metabolism and Their Implication in Anti-Malaria Therapies
    Chapter 7. Curcumin-Loaded Nanoparticles and Their Potential as Anticancer Agents in Breast Cancer
    Chapter 8. Techniques for Extraction, Isolation and Standardization of Bioactive Compounds from Medicinal Plants
    Chapter 9. Phytotherapeutics: The Substitutes for Glioblastoma multiforme
    Chapter 10. Cosmetic Potential of Natural Products: Industrial Applications
    Chapter 11. Natural Compounds Extracted from Medicinal Plants and Their Applications in the Treatment of Diabetes and Hypertension
    Chapter 12. Plant Metabolites as New Leads to Drug Discovery
    Chapter 13. Natural Compounds Extracted from Medicinal Plants and their Applications in Cardiovascular and Kidney Diseases
    Chapter 14. Therapeutic Potential of Plant Polyphenolics and Their Mechanistic Action against Various Diseases
    Chapter 15. Phytochemical Aspects of Medicinal Plants of North-East India to Improve the Gynecological Disorders: An Update
    Chapter 16. Bio-active compounds from Unani medicinal plants and their application in Urolithiasis
    Chapter 17. Therapeutic Potential of Rhizomatous Plants used in Unani Medicare System
    Chapter 18. Extraction Techniques for Plant based Bioactive Compounds.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Mohd Sayeed Akhtar, Mallappa Kumara Swamy.
    Summary: Natural bioactive compounds have become an integral part of plant-microbe interactions geared toward adaptation to environmental changes. They regulate symbiosis, induce seed germination, and manifest allelopathic effects, i.e., they inhibit the growth of competing plant species in their vicinity. In addition, the use of natural bioactive compounds and their products is considered to be suitable and safe in e.g. alternative medicine. Thus, there is an unprecedented need to meet the increasing demand for plant secondary metabolites in the flavor and fragrance, food, and pharmaceutical industries. However, it is difficult to obtain a constant quantity of compounds from the cultivated plants, as their yield fluctuates due to several factors including genotypic variations, the geography, edaphic conditions, harvesting and processing methods. Yet familiarity with these substances and the exploration of various approaches could open new avenues in their production. This book describes the basis of bioactive plant compounds, their mechanisms and molecular actions with regard to various human diseases, and their applications in the drug, cosmetic and herbal industries. Accordingly, it offers a valuable resource for students, educators, researchers, and healthcare experts involved in agronomy, ecology, crop science, molecular biology, stress physiology, and natural products.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Bioactive Peptides: Role in Plant Growth and Defense
    Chapter 2. Linking Omics Approaches to Medicinal Plants and Human Health
    Chapter 3. Application of Biotechnology in Producing Plant Bio-active Compounds
    Chapter 4. Transgenic plant cell cultures: A promising approach for secondary metabolites production
    Chapter 5. An Insight into Biotechnological Approaches Used for Improvement and Secondary Metabolites for Medicinal Aquatic Plant Water hyssop (Bacopa monnieri L.)
    Chapter 6. Prospects for the Use of Plant cell culture as alternatives to produce secondary metabolites
    Chapter 7. Biotechnological exercises in the production of secondary metabolites and its significance in health care practices
    Chapter 8. Salient biotechnological interventions in saffron (Crocus sativus L.), a major source of bioactive apocarotenoids
    Chapter 9. Recent advances in extraction, characterization and potential use of Citral
    Chapter 10. Hairy root cultures as an alternative source for the production of high-value secondary metabolites
    Chapter 11. Plant Cell Culture as Alternatives to Produce Secondary Metabolites
    Chapter 12. Metabolic Engineering Strategies for Enhancing the Production of Bioactive Compounds from Medicinal Plants
    Chapter 13. Enhancement of Rosmarinic Acid Content by Biotechnological Approaches and Metabolic Engineering.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Joginder Singh, Ajar Nath Yadav, editors.
    Summary: This book discusses various aspects of bioactive natural products employed in the agrochemical and agriculture sectors. It covers the use of plants, microorganisms, and microbial metabolites as eco-friendly, cost-effective, and sustainable alternatives to chemicals in the field of agriculture. Written by active researchers and academics, the book highlights state-of-art products in the field, as well as the gaps, challenges, and obstacles associated with the use of plants, microbes and their products. Given its scope, it is a valuable resource for the scientific community and professionals in enterprises wanting insights into the latest developments and advances in the context of biological products, including their applications, traditional uses, modern practices, and strategies to harness their full potential.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Editors and Contributors
    About the Editors
    Contributors
    1: Natural Metabolites: An Eco-friendly Approach to Manage Plant Diseases and for Better Agriculture Farming
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Role of Natural Plant Products in Disease Management
    1.2.1 Coumarins
    1.2.2 Tannins or Gallotannin
    1.2.3 Alkaloids
    1.2.4 Terpenoids
    1.3 Plant Growth-Promoting Rhizobacteria (PGPR)
    1.4 Fungi as Biocontrol Agents
    1.5 Role of Mycorrhizae in Disease Management
    1.6 Management of Plant Diseases Caused by Plant Parasitic Nematodes 1.6.1 Paecilomyces lilacinus
    1.6.2 Trichoderma spp.
    1.6.3 Pochonia chlamydosporia
    1.6.4 Mycorrhizal Fungi
    1.6.5 Pasteuria penetrans
    1.6.6 Pseudomonas fluorescens
    1.6.7 Endophytic Bacteria
    1.6.8 Entomopathogenic Nematodes
    1.7 Future Prospects
    1.8 Conclusion
    References
    2: Plant Disease Management by Bioactive Natural Products
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Types of Bioactive Natural Products
    2.2.1 Microbial-Derived Natural Products
    2.2.2 Plant-Derived Natural Products
    2.2.3 Algal-Derived Natural Products
    2.2.4 Marine-Derived Natural Products 2.3 Conclusion and Future Prospects
    References
    3: Biological Control Agents: Diversity, Ecological Significances, and Biotechnological Applications
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Types of Interactions Contributing to Biological Control
    3.3 Types of Biological Control Agents (BCA)
    3.4 Mechanisms Involved for Biological Control
    3.5 Ecological Significances of Biological Control Agents
    3.6 Recent Advances and Genetic Engineering in the Biological Control Applications
    3.6.1 Genetic Modification for Developing Resistance Against Fungicides 3.6.2 Genetic Modification for Developing Hypovirulence
    3.6.3 Enhancement in Bacteriocins Synthesis
    3.6.4 Enhancement in Siderophore Synthesis
    3.6.5 Enhancement in Antibiotic Synthesis
    3.6.6 Enhancement in Lytic Enzyme Synthesis
    3.6.7 Enhanced Root Colonization Ability
    3.7 Conclusion and Future Prospects
    References
    4: Role of the Potent Microbial Based Bioagents and Their Emerging Strategies for the Ecofriendly Management of Agricultural Phytopathogens
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Merits and Demerits of Biological Control Agents (BCA) 4.3 Mechanisms Adopted by Biological Control Agents
    4.3.1 Microbial Antagonisms
    4.3.2 Parasitism
    4.3.3 Competition
    4.3.4 Production of Antimicrobial Compounds
    4.3.4.1 Antibiotics
    4.3.4.2 Iron-Chelating Siderophores
    4.3.4.3 Biocidal Volatiles
    4.3.4.4 Lytic Enzymes (Chitinases and Glucanases)
    4.3.4.5 Detoxification of Virulence Factors
    4.4 Priming and Induced Systemic Resistance
    4.5 Emerging Biocontrol Strategies
    4.5.1 Usage of Plant Exudates to Attract Beneficial Biocontrol Microbes
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Neville Vassallo, editor.
    Summary: This edited volume concerns a group of devastating neurological disorders that share a common pathological mechanism, namely the aggregation and deposition of insoluble, proteinaceous lesions, termed 'amyloid'. Examples of cerebral amyloid disorders include common neurodegenerative diseases like Alzheimer's disease-related dementia and Parkinson's disease, as well as other less prevalent conditions like Huntington's disease, cerebral amyloid angiopathy and the transmissible prion disorders. A disease-modifying therapeutic agent is still lacking for all these diseases, and there are no approved therapies that target amyloid formation directly. Nevertheless, a large and complex group of natural aromatic compounds known as polyphenols are rapidly emerging as potentially potent anti-amyloidogenic agents. This book collectively presents a considerable body of experimental and epidemiological evidence from peer-reviewed scientific publications that support a role for natural compounds and herbal extracts in the chemoprevention and therapy of amyloidogenic disorders. Each contribution is written by scientific experts in the relevant field; chapters are devoted to Mediterranean diet and olive oil phenols, traditional Chinese medicine, herbal extracts, polyphenols (with a particular emphasis on epigallocatechin-3-gallate) and bi-flavonoids, amongst others. The topic of this book is relevant to a wide audience, from academia and university students in the biological and chemical sciences, to physicians and allied health professionals, as well as people working in the nutraceutical industry.

    Contents:
    Olive Oil Phenols as Promising Multi-targeting Agents against Alzheimer's disease
    Alzheimer's disease, Drosophila melanogaster and Polyphenols
    Biflavonoids as Potential Small Molecule Therapeutics for Alzheimer's disease
    Natural Phenolic Compounds as Therapeutic and Preventive Agents for Cerebral Amyloidosis.- Brain Food for Alzheimer-free Ageing: Focus on Herbal Medicines
    Tea Polyphenols in Parkinson's disease
    The Effect of (-)-Epigallo-catechin-(3)-gallate on Amyloidogenic Proteins Suggests a Common Mechanism.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Michael von Wolff, editor.
    Summary: This practical book focuses on the most recent advances in natural cycle and minimal stimulation in vitro fertilization (IVF). The volume presents the steps that need to be followed to successfully perform these techniques and covers all aspects and competences involved. The book provides information on physiology of folliculogenesis, ovulation, oocytes and luteal phase and based on this information on clinical practice of stimulation, ovulation induction and inhibition, follicle aspiration and luteal phase support in natural cycle and minimal stimulation IVF. In addition costs, risks, success rates and several treatment protocols are provided. An overview of large European, Japanese and American programs and the discussion of clinical cases will complete the coverage of the topic. This practical and easy-to-use guide is a valuable resource for all clinicians performing any kind of IVF techniques.

    Contents:
    Basics
    Physiology
    Technical Aspects
    Costs, Risks, Success Rates
    Miscellaneous
    Worldwide Programs
    Case Discussions.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Brígida Souza, Luis L. Vázquez, Rosangela C. Marucci, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to address the importance of natural enemies and functional diversity for biological control in Neotropical agroecosystems. Several aspects related to the conservation of natural enemies, such as vegetation design and climate change, are discussed in Part 1 and the bioecology of several insects groups used in biological control in Latin America is presented in Part 2. Part 3 is devoted to mass production of natural enemies while Part 4 describes how these insects have been used to control of pests in major crops, forests, pasture, weeds and plant diseases. Lastly, Part 5 reports Latin-American experiences of integration of biological in pest management programs.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Conservation of natural enemies and functional biodiversity in Neotropical agroecosystems
    1. Vegetational design to enhance biological control of insect pests in agroecosystems
    2. Interactions of natural enemies with non-cultivated plants
    3. Quality of agroecosystems as habitats to natural enemies and biological control agents
    4. Plants as food for adult natural enemies
    5. Dispersion and increase of natural enemies in agroecosystems
    6. Climate change and biological control of pests in agriculture
    Part 2. Bioecology of natural enemies used in biological control in the Neotropical region
    7. Predator insects
    8. Predator mites
    9. Parasitoid insects
    10. Entomopathogenic nematodes
    11. Entomopathogenic fungi
    12. Entomopathogenic virus
    13. Bacillus thuringiensis
    14. Interactions of entomopathogenic fungus with entomophagous insects in agroecosystems
    Part 3. Mass production of biocontrol agents in Latin America: rearing techniques and releasing strategies
    15. Predators insects
    16. Predatory mites for the biological control of phytophagous mites
    17. Parasitoid insects
    18. Entomopathogenic nematodes
    19. Entomopathogenic fungi
    20. Entomopathogenic virus
    21. Bacillus thuringiensis
    Part 4. Biological control in major crops, forests, pasture, weeds and plant diseases in the Neotropical region
    22. Bean
    23. Coffee
    24. Cotton
    25. Forests
    26. Fruit crops
    27. Maize
    28. Oleraceous
    29. Ornamental plants
    30. Pasture
    31. Rice
    32. Soybean
    33. Sugarcane
    34. Microbial control of sugarcane pests
    35. Weeds
    36. Plant diseases
    37. Physiological and ecological selectivity of pesticides for natural enemies of insects
    38. Use of natural chemical products for pest control
    39. Effects of transgenic plants over natural enemies
    40. Use of silicon as resistance factor for plants against insect pests. Use of semiochemical-based strategies to enhance biological control
    41. Use of semiochemical-based strategies to enhance biological control
    42. Aphid-tending ants and their effects on natural enemies used in the biological control
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Aftab A. Ansari, Guido Silvestri.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Eric Vivier, James Di Santo, Alessandro Moretta, editors.
    Contents:
    Transcriptional control of NK cells
    Development, homeostasis, and heterogeneity of NK cells
    Diversification and functional specialization of human NK cell subsets
    Dynamic regulation of NK cell responsiveness
    NK cells and cancer immunoediting
    Sweet is the memory of past troubles: NK cells remember
    Lessons from NK cell definiencies in the mouse
    Probing human NK cell biology using human immune system (HIS) mice
    Haploidentical haematopoietic stem cell transplantation: role of NK cells and effect of cytomegalovirus infections
    The past, present, and future of NK cells in hematopoietic cell transplantation and adoptive transfer
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Michelle Aristizabal, MD, FACOG.
    Summary: "The ONLY evidence-based resource covering natural childbirth practices offering a logical middle-of-road approach to the natural birth movement. Natural Labor and Birth: An Evidence-Based Guide to the Natural Birth Plan is written to provide a reliable source of information for healthcare professionals caring for patients seeking a natural birth. Up until now, doctors and nurses who would like to work with women seeking a natural birth have been frustrated by the lack of easily accessible, trustworthy resources on this topic, and most have not been trained on how to utilize methods outside of the traditional framework. Evidence-based natural childbirth is not discussed in any unified fashion in any of the existing obstetrical texts. Natural Labor and Birth: An Evidence-Based Guide to the Natural Birth Plan seeks to end the friction between natural and traditional obstetrics care. It is unique in that it does not attempt to make a case for natural childbirth, it only seeks to demonstrate how natural birth can exist within the framework of typical antepartum care and hospital deliveries and respond to patient preferences. It teaches the skills necessary to assist a woman through an unmedicated childbirth that are not taught in most obstetrical residencies and nursing programs and provides a compilation of the medical evidence supporting alternative practices."-- Provided by publisher "The only evidence-based resource covering natural birth practices that will serve as a go-to resource on labor and delivery units for obstetricians, midwives, labor and delivery nurses, and doulas."-- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access AccessObGyn 2019
  • Digital
    Dhiraj Kumar, Mohammad Shahid, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews the latest research on bioproducts from various economically important insects, such as silkworms, honey bees, lac and drosophila, and termites, and discusses their general, biomedical and industrial applications in detail. It includes chapters focusing on insects as a food source, probiotics, silk-based biomaterials, insect pheromones, insects as biomedicine source, pupa oil chemistry, non-protein compounds from Lepidopteran insects, insect chitin and chitosan, polyphenols and flavonoids. Model insects like Bombyx mori or bees were domesticated in Asian countries thousands of years ago. Over time, natural products from these animals became industrialized and today they attracting increasing attention thanks to their sustainability and their manifold applications in agriculture and biomedicine. The book is intended for entomologists, material scientists, natural product researchers and biotechnologists. .

    Contents:
    1. Polyphenols and flavonoids from honey: Biological applications
    2. Chemistry and application of lac and its by-products
    3. Silk: an amazing biomaterial for future medication
    4. Insect Chitin and Chitosan: Structure, Properties, Production and Implementation Prospective
    5. Recent advances in the arthropod natural product chemistry
    6. Silkworm: A Unique Creature for Natural Products
    7. Present and future prospects on nutritious feeding using insects
    8. Insect Pheromones and its applications in management of pest population
    9. Non-Protein chemical compounds from Lepidopteran insect cocoons. .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Xishan Wang, editor.
    Summary: This introduces the theoretical and practical guide of NOSES. The book introduced 10 different techniques of NOSES for colorectal neoplasms based on extensive high-quality surgical images. The first part mainly describes the development process of NOSES and the current achievements of these techniques which will provide readers a general understanding of NOSES. The second part elaborates on ten different surgical procedures specific to position of tumor location of NOSES in detail. All key technical points and operational skills regarding to NOSES are displayed by both high-quality images. The indications and contraindications are also strictly determined in this book. In addition to the elaboration of NOSES, each chapter of this book also conduct a detailed and comprehensive analysis the hot spots, technical difficulties and key issues with regard to laparoscopic surgery for colorectal cancer. This book is suitable for the colorectal cancer surgeons and doctors of general surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Xishan Wang, editor.
    Summary: This book introduces readers to nine techniques for natural orifice specimen extraction surgery (NOSES) in gastric cancer and fifteen different techniques for NOSES in colorectal cancer, respectively, based on extensive high-quality surgical images. The first part mainly describes the development process of NOSES and preoperative preparation,offering readers a general understanding of NOSES. In turn, the second and third parts elaborate on the surgical procedures for gastrointestinal cancer. All key technical points and operational skills regarding NOSES are covered, and the indications and contraindications are clearly defined. In addition, the book provides a detailed and comprehensive analysis of the hot spots, technical difficulties and key issues with regard to laparoscopic surgery for gastrointestinal cancer. Accordingly, it offers an essential guide for gastrointestinal cancer surgeons and general surgeons.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editors, Subhash C. Mandal, Vivekananda Mandal, Tetsuya Konishi.
    Summary: Natural Products and Drug Discovery: An Integrated Approach provides an applied overview of the field, from traditional medicinal targets, to cutting-edge molecular techniques. Natural products have always been of key importance to drug discovery, but as modern techniques and technologies have allowed researchers to identify, isolate, extract and synthesize their active compounds in new ways, they are once again coming to the forefront of drug discovery. Combining the potential of traditional medicine with the refinement of modern chemical technology, the use of natural products as the basis for drugs can help in the development of more environmentally sound, economical, and effective drug discovery processes. Natural Products & Drug Discovery: An Integrated Approach reflects on the current changes in this field, giving context to the current shift and using supportive case studies to highlight the challenges and successes faced by researchers in integrating traditional medicinal sources with modern chemical technologies. It therefore acts as a useful reference to medicinal chemists, phytochemists, biochemists, pharma R&D professionals, and drug discovery students and researchers.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Amirhossein Sahebkar, Thozhukat Sathyapalan, editors.
    Summary: Natural products have a long history of use as folk medicines in several systems of traditional medicine. Extensive evidence from modern pharmacological studies has confirmed traditional applications, and unveiled the vast potential of naturally occurring compounds, particularly plant-derived phytochemicals, in the management of chronic human diseases. The past decade has witnessed a surge of findings from randomized controlled trials testifying the safety and efficacy of natural products as adjuncts or alternatives to standard-of-care medications for several illnesses. Biomolecular studies have unveiled hundreds of cellular and molecular targets for phytochemicals including key transcription factors, receptors, enzymes, hormones, neurotransmitters, cytokines, lipids, and non-coding RNAs. Extensive research on the preventative and therapeutic effects of natural products necessitates regular updating of the literature as to the developing potential roles of these compounds in different human diseases. This new book provides an overview of the current pharmacological and clinical features of natural products, and the role of phytopharmaceutical compounds in health and diseases. Chapters cover a wide scope, from cancers, to chronic and age-related disorders, and are written by leading international subject experts. Collectively, chapters will provide useful insights on the regulatory effects of phytochemicals and nutraceuticals on pathogenic molecular signatures associated with pathologies, disease biomarkers, and aging-related pathways.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    John M. Pezzuto, Ole Vang, editors.
    Summary: This book discusses the efficacy of various naturally occurring chemopreventive agents in preventing or delaying cancer. It focuses on the holistic chemopreventive concept, demonstrating the relevant response is the combined effect of a series of compounds that alone have been shown to have some effect in different experimental models. Written by leading experts in the field, the contributions provide details of research on various chemopreventive agents. Offering insights into the unique molecular targets and mechanisms, safety issues, molecular efficacy, and occurrence in nature of these compounds, the book is a valuable resource for all scientists working in biomedicine, and specifically in cancer research. .

    Contents:
    1. Chemoprevention of Cancer: Past, Present, and Future
    2. Resveratrol for Cancer Prevention: Current Gaps and Opportunities
    3. Pterostilbene as a Potent Chemopreventive Agent in Cancer
    4. Pharmacokinetics and Bioavailability Enhancement of Natural Products
    5. Vitamin D Compounds and Cancer Stem Cells in Cancer Prevention
    6. Anti-cancer Effects of Silibinin: The Current Status in Cancer Chemoprevention
    7. Adjuvant Value of Turmeric Extract (Containing Curcumin) in Colorectal Cancer Management
    8. Cancer Prevention by Tea Polyphenols
    9. The Chemopreventive Power of Isothiocyanates
    10. Xanthohumol and Structurally Related Prenylflavonoids for Cancer Chemoprevention and Control
    11. Anthocyanins and Cancer Prevention 12. Grape Chemopreventive Agents Against Angiogenesis and Metastasis
    13. Punica granatum L. Constituents for Cancer Prevention, Chemosensitisation and Therapeutic Treatment
    14. Cancer Chemopreventive Potential of Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor Inhibitors from Natural Products
    15. Anti-cancer Dynamics of Natural Phytochemical Inhibitors of Cyclin-Dependent Kinases
    16. Pro-apoptotic Properties of Chemopreventive Agents
    17. The Use of Anti-Inflammatory Agents for Cancer Chemoprevention
    18. Combination Cancer Chemoprevention by Targeting the Epigenome
    19. Perspective: A Positive Cocktail Effect of the Bioactive Components in the Diet.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Dagmar B. Stengel, Solène Connan.
    Contents:
    Marine algae: A source of biomass for biotechnological applications
    Structure and function of macroalgal natural products
    Spectrophotometric assays of major compounds extracted from algae
    Extraction and enrichment of protein from red and green macroalgae
    Extraction and purification of r-phycoerythrin from marine red algae
    Extraction and analysis of mycosporine-like amino acids in marine algae
    Extraction and purification of phlorotannins from brown algae
    Enzyme-enhanced extraction of antioxidant ingredients from algae
    Microwave-assisted extraction of fucoidan from marine algae
    Extraction and analysis of oxylipins from macroalgae illustrated on the example gracilaria vermiculophylla
    Lipids and fatty acids in algae: Extraction, fractionation into lipid classes, and analysis by gas chromatography coupled with flame ionization detector (GC-FD)
    HRMAS NMR analysis of algae and identification of molecules of interest via conventional 1d and 2d nmr: Sample preparation and optimization of experimental conditions
    Extraction, purification, and NMR analysis of terpenes from brown algae
    Extraction, isolation, and identification of sesquiterpenes from laurencia species
    The use of HPLC for the characterization of phytoplankton pigments
    Characterization of phlorotannins from brown algae by lc-hrms
    Analysis of betaines from marine algae using lc-ms-ms
    Analysis of marine biotoxins using lc-ms/ms
    Fucoidan analysis by tandem maldi-tof and esi mass spectrometry
    Determination of substitution patterns of galactans from green seaweeds of the bryopsidales
    Structural characterization of a hybrid carrageenan-like sulfated galactan from a marine red alga furcellaria lumbricalis
    Characterization of alginates by nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) and vibrational spectroscopy (IR, NIR, RAMAN) in combination with chemometrics
    Imaging and identification of marine algal bioactive compounds by surface enhanced raman spectroscopy (SERS)
    In vitro protocols for measuring the antioxidant capacity of algal extracts
    Disk diffusion assay to assess the antimicrobial activity of marine algal extracts
    Screening of a marine algal extract for antifungal activities
    Protocol for assessing antifouling activities of macroalgal extracts.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Paula B. Andrade, Patrícia Valentão, David M. Pereira.
    Summary: The past decade has seen the reappearance of natural products as a valuable source of potent therapeutics. Here, experts on bioactive natural products cover the full spectrum of clinically relevant enzymes that are known to be targeted by natural products. Key enzymes include acetylcholine esterase, angiotensin-I-converting enzyme, cyclooxygenase, dihydrofolate reductase, phospholipase A2, respiratory complexes, and many more. By connecting the diversity of medicinal natural product sources with their potential clinical applications, this volume serves as a companion for the medicinal chemist looking for innovative small molecule compounds as well as for pharmacologist interested in the clinical effects and mode of action of herbal and traditional medicines.

    Contents:
    Natural products as enzyme inhibitors
    Molecular targets of clinically relevant natural products from filamentous marine cyanobacteria
    Natural angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors with antihypertensive properties
    Phospholipase A2 inhibitors of marine origin
    Beta-secretase (BACE1) inhibitors from natural products
    Hypoglycaemic effects of plants food constituents via inhibition of carbohydrate-hydrolysing enzymes: from chemistry to future applications
    Natural products targeting clinically relevant enzymes of eicosanoid biosynthesis implicated in inflammation and cancer
    Anti-HIV natural products
    Natural inhibitors of mitochondrial respiratory chain: therapeutic and toxicological implications
    Targeting enzymatic pathways with marine-derived clinical agents
    Anti-malarial drug discovery: new enzyme inhibitors
    Natural plant-derived acetylcholinesterase inhibitors: relevance for Alzheimer's disease.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Rajinder Peshin, Ashok K. Dhawan, editors.
    Summary: This book is an outcome of the keynote/lead papers presented by the experts from different disciplines in the Indian Ecological Society International Conference 2016 on "Natural Resource Management: Ecological Perspectives", organized at the Sher-e-Kashmir University of Agricultural Sciences and Technology of Jammu, India. The book captures the essence of natural resource management from the intra and interdisciplinary perspectives of agricultural sciences (entomology, plant pathology, plant breeding and genetics, agronomy and soil sciences), social sciences (resource economics, agricultural extension education), medical sciences, and environmental sciences to stimulate discussion on the ecological perspectives of natural resource management. Wide-ranging topics on land and water resources, biodiversity, integrated farming system, role of microbes in agriculture, climate change and its impact on human health and crop pests, exploiting chemical ecology for pest management, human disease-causing pesticides, beneficial insects like lac insects, integrated pest management, resistance management in insect pests and Bt cotton, and diffusion and adoption of ecologically sustainable technologies at individual and organizational level are covered in the book. The book will serve the professionals, researchers, academia, government, industry and students.

    Contents:
    1. Managing Wetland Ecosystems: A Polycentric Perspective
    Dinesh K. Marothia 2. Water Harvesting Techniques in Cold Deserts
    Chewang Norphel 3. Sustainability of Groundwater Use in Punjab Agriculture: Issues and Options
    Kamal Vatta 4. Sustainability of Himalayan Environment: Issues and Policies
    Masud. H. Wani 5. Crop Genetic Biodiversity with Special Reference to Oilseed Brassica and Wild allies: Conservation and their Utilisation
    Surinder K. Gupta 6. Integrated Farming System for Economic Upliftment of Marginal and Small Farmers
    Sohan S. Walia 7. Health Effects of Changing Environment
    Randeep Guleria 8. An Approach to Cancer Risk Assessment and Carcinogenic Potential for Three Classes of Agricultural Pesticide
    Chanda Siddoo Atwal 9. Integrated Pest Management and Climate Change: Need for Paradigm Shift
    C. Chattopadhyay 10. Role of Microbes for Plant and Soil Health Improvement
    Ambalal. N. Sabalpara 11. Exploiting Chemical Ecology for Developing Novel IPM Strategies
    Zeyaur R. Khan 12. Insect resistance to insecticides and Bt-cotton in India
    Sandhya Kranthi 13. Ecological Pest Management in 21st Century: An analysis of Challenges and future Strategies
    Dharam P. Abrol 14. Understanding the diversity in lac insects of Kerria spp. in India and the nature of insect-host plant interaction
    Kewal K. Sharma 15. Diffusion and Adoption: Factors Impacting Adoption of Sustainable Agricultural Practices
    Rajinder Peshin.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Robert G. Woodmansee, John C. Moore, Dennis S. Ojima, Laurie Richards.
    Summary: The Systems Ecology Paradigm (SEP) incorporates humans as integral parts of ecosystems and emphasizes issues that have significant societal relevance such as grazing land, forestland, and agricultural ecosystem management, biodiversity and global change impacts. Accomplishing this societally relevant research requires cutting-edge basic and applied research. This book focuses on environmental and natural resource challenges confronting local to global societies for which the SEP methodology must be utilized for resolution. Key elements of SEP are a holistic perspective of ecological/social systems, systems thinking, and the ecosystem approach applied to real world, complex environmental and natural resource problems. The SEP and ecosystem approaches force scientific emphasis to be placed on collaborations with social scientists and behavioral, learning, and marketing professionals. The SEP has given environmental scientists, decision makers, citizen stakeholders, and land and water managers a powerful set of tools to analyse, integrate knowledge, and propose adoption of solutions to important local to global problems.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2021
  • Digital
    Richard G. Delisle, editor.
    Summary: This book contests the general view that natural selection constitutes the explanatory core of evolutionary biology. It invites the reader to consider an alternative view which favors a more complete and multidimensional interpretation. It is common to present the 1930-1960 period as characterized by the rise of the Modern Synthesis, an event structured around two main explanatory commitments: (1) Gradual evolution is explained by small genetic changes (variations) oriented by natural selection, a process leading to adaptation; (2) Evolutionary trends and speciational events are macroevolutionary phenomena that can be accounted for solely in terms of the extension of processes and mechanisms occurring at the previous microevolutionary level.^On this view, natural selection holds a central explanatory role in evolutionary theory - one that presumably reaches back to Charles Darwin's Origin of Species - a view also accompanied by the belief that the field of evolutionary biology is organized around a profound divide: theories relying on strong selective factors and those appealing only to weak ones. If one reads the new analyses presented in this volume by biologists, historians and philosophers, this divide seems to be collapsing at a rapid pace, opening an era dedicated to the search for a new paradigm for the development of evolutionary biology. Contrary to popular belief, scholars' position on natural selection is not in itself a significant discriminatory factor between most evolutionists.^In fact, the intellectual space is quite limited, if not non-existent, between, on the one hand, "Darwinists", who play down the central role of natural selection in evolutionary explanations, and, on the other hand, "non-Darwinists", who use it in a list of other evolutionary mechanisms. The "mechanism-centered" approach to evolutionary biology is too incomplete to fully make sense of its development. In this book the labels created under the traditional historiography - "Darwinian Revolution", "Eclipse of Darwinism", "Modern Synthesis", "Post-Synthetic Developments"--Are thus re-evaluated. This book will not only appeal to researchers working in evolutionary biology, but also to historians and philosophers."

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction: In Search of a New Paradigm for the Development of Evolutionary Biology
    Part I: Crossing Perspectives about Evolution: Historians versus Biologists
    Chapter 2: Cathedrals, Corals and Mycelia: Three Analogies for the History of Evolutionary Biology
    Part II: Different Views of Charles Darwin
    Chapter 3: Guiding a Train of Discoveries: Charles Darwin, Charles Daubeny, and the Reception of Natural Selection, 1859-1865
    Chapter 4: Natural Selection as a Mere Auxiliary Hypothesis (sensu stricto I. Lakatos) in Charles Darwin's Origin of Species
    Chapter 5: Natural Selection in Ernst Haeckel's Legacy
    Part III: Rethinking a So-Called Intermediary Period
    Chapter 6: The Origins of Theoretical Developmental Genetics: Reinterpreting William Bateson's Role in the History of Evolutionary Thought
    Chapter 7: Recasting Natural Selection: Osborn and the Pluralistic View of Life
    Part IV: Other Evolutionary Syntheses
    ^Chapter 8: Little Evolution, BIG Evolution: Rethinking the History of Darwinism, Population Genetics, and the "Synthesis"
    Chapter 9: When Panpsychism Met Monism: Why Did the Philosopher Theodor Ziehen (1862-1950) Become a Crucial Figure for the Evolutionary Biologist Bernhard Rensch?
    Chapter 10: Inertia, Trend, and Momentum Reconsidered: G.G. Simpson, an Orthogeneticist?
    Chapter 11: The Concept of Natural Selection in Theodosius Dobzhansky. Its Development and Interpretation
    Part V: New Lights on Recent Developments
    Chapter 12: What's Natural About Natural Selection?
    Chapter 13: Natural Selection, Morphoprocess and a Logical Field of Evolutionary Concepts
    Chapter 14: Natural Selection as Agent of Evolutionary Change: A View from Paleoanthropology
    Chapter 15: Darwinism Without Selection? A Lesson from Cultural Evolutionary Theory
    Part VI: Teaching Evolution
    ^Chapter 16: Beyond Survival of the Fittest
    A Look at Students' Misconceptions about Natural Selection and Evolutionary Theory.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Guan-Hua Du.
    Summary: This book discusses 120 types of natural, small-molecule drugs derived from plants. They are grouped into 7 parts according their clinical uses, such as drugs for cardiovascular diseases, for metabolic diseases, for neuropsychiatric diseases, for immune-mediated inflammatory diseases, anti-tumor drugs, and drugs for parasites and bacterial infection. Each chapter systematically summarizes one drug, including its physicochemical properties, sources, pharmacological effects and clinical applications. To help readers understand the drug better, the research and pharmacological activity for each drug is also described, which serves as a salutary lesson for future drug development. Written by frontline researchers, teachers and clinicians working in field of pharmacy and pharmacology it provides an overview of natural, small-molecule drugs derived from plants for researchers in the field.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Natural Medicines Are a Kind of Important Substances for Prevention and Treatment of Human Diseases; Natural Medicine Is the Foundation of Modern Pharmacy; Natural Small-Molecule Drugs Derived from Minerals; Natural Small-Molecule Drugs Derived from Microorganisms; Natural Small-Molecule Drugs Derived from Animals; Natural Small-Molecule Drugs Derived from Plants; The Research and Development of Natural Small-Molecule Drugs Embraces the Wisdom of Humans; Small-Molecule Drugs Derived from Plants Are the Representatives of Natural Medicines; Features and Instructions of the Book Part I: Natural Small-Molecule Drugs for the Prevention and Treatment of Cardiovascular Diseases; Overview; Ajmaline; Properties; Dosage Form and Indications; Literature; History of R Pharmacology; Clinical Application; Discussion; References; Anisodamine; Properties; Derivatives; Dosage Forms; Indications; Literature; History of R Pharmacology; Clinical Application; Discussion; References; Caffeic Acid; Properties; Dosage Forms; Indications; Literature; History of R Pharmacology; Clinical Application; Discussion; References; Cyclovirobuxine; Properties; Derivatives Dosage FormsIndications; Literature; History of R Pharmacology; Clinical Application; Discussion; References; Daidzein; Properties; Dosage Forms; Indications; Literature; History of R Pharmacology; Clinical Application; Discussion; References; Daphnetin; Properties; Dosage Forms; Indications; Literature; History of R Pharmacology; Clinical Application; Discussion; References; Dicoumarin; Properties; Dosage Forms; Indications; Literature; History of R Pharmacology; Clinical Application; Discussion; References; Digoxin; Properties; Derivatives; Dosage Forms; Indications; Digitoxin PropertiesDosage Forms; Indications; Lanatoside C; Properties; Dosage Forms; Indications; Literature; History of R Pharmacology; Clinical Application; Discussion; References; Dioscin; Properties; Dosage Forms and Indications; Literature; History of R Pharmacology; Discussion; References; Diosmin; Properties; Dosage Forms; Indications; Literature; History of R Pharmacology [4-6]; Clinical Application; Discussion; References; Divasidum; Properties; Dosage Forms and Indications; Literature; History of R Pharmacology; Clinical Application; Discussion; References; Ferulic Acid PropertiesDosage Forms; Indications; Literature; History of R Pharmacology; Clinical Application; Discussion; References; Hesperidin; Properties; Dosage Forms; Indications; Literature; History of R Pharmacology; Clinical Application; Discussion; References; Ligustrazine; Properties; Dosage Forms; Indication; Literature; History of R Pharmacology; Clinical Application; Discussion; References; Lovastatin; Properties; Derivatives; Dosage Forms; Indications; Literature; History of R Pharmacology; Clinical Application; Discussion; References; Metformin; Properties
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Michael C. Newman, Virginia Institute of Marine Science, Gloucester Point, VA, United States, College of William & Mary's Virginia Institute of Marine Science, Gloucester Point, VA, United States.
    Summary: The Nature and Use of Ecotoxicological Evidence: Natural Science, Statistics, Psychology, and Sociology examines how toxicologists and environmental professionals come to understand and make decisions about possible harm from pollutants. Drawing on concepts and techniques from the natural, social and mathematical sciences, the book emphasizes how pollutant-related evidence is gathered, assessed, communicated and applied in decision-making. Each chapter begins with a real-world example before exploring fundamental cognitive, social, statistical or natural science concepts to explain the opening example. Methods from other disciplines for recognizing, reducing or removing the influence of impediments in wise decision-making are highlighted in each chapter. Misreading evidence by the scientific community, and miscommunication to regulators and the public, remain major impediments to wise action in pollution issues. Which evidence comes to dominate the dialogue among scientists, regulators and decision makers depends on social and scientific dynamics. Yet psychological and sociological factors that influence the movement of evidence through scientific communities to regulators receive cursory discussion by professionals unfamiliar with the sociology literature. Toxicologists, environmental scientists, psychologists and professionals and students across the sciences will find the book useful for understanding how evidence is generated, assessed and communicated in their own fields.

    Contents:
    Section 1. Introduction
    The emerging importance of pollution
    Section 2: How individuals gather and judge evidence
    Human reasoning: everyday heuristics and foibles
    Human reasoning: within scientific traditions and rules
    Pathological reasoning within sciences
    Individual scientist: reasoning by the numbers
    Section 3: How groups weigh and apply evidence
    Social processing of evidence: commonplace dynamics and foibles
    How innovations enter and move within groups
    Evidence in social networks
    Section 4: Conclusion
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Laserina O’Connor.
    Summary: This book, endorsed by the International Council of Nurses, explores a new conversation around scholarly talents for advanced candidate /nurse practitioners that comprise a variety of forms such as teaching, synthesis, discovery, engagement and application. It offers an expansive view of Boyer’s scholarship, with a call to action for advanced candidate /nurse practitioners to thoughtfully plan and map their personal goals and capabilities, that will mark them as professionals and future scholars needed in today’s challenging and changing professional workplace. Knowing how to apply the various forms of scholarship to problems of practice within one’s field of expertise and the implications of Boyer’s pillars of scholarship for advanced candidate / nurse practitioners are interweaved throughout this book. The volume discusses the science of career cartography, alongside legacy planning and career mapping. The toolkit illustrates a guide for advanced candidate /nurse practitioners to create their individual career legacy map and reflect on how they wish to contribute to the discipline of nursing, while working to improve the lives of others. This book serves as a catalyst for robust conversations among scholar practitioners on the very nature of clinical scholarship
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    ... by Anthony Edward Langdon.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    S61 .L27
    1
  • Digital
    Fraser Smith.
    Summary: This book offers comprehensive coverage of naturopathic medicine. The principles and values of this profession are already clearly stated (i.e., Find and Treat the Cause; Treat the Whole Person, etc.), but few are the textbooks that directly compare it to conventional or allopathic medicine. To paraphrase the historian of medicine Harris Coulter in this approach the body reacts creatively to stressors and the Empirical school or natural medicine approach is more focused on supporting adaptive responses than suppressing symptoms. This is not an attempt to argue that all health issues can get better on their own or that conventional medical interventions arent capable of producing stellar outcomes, but there remains a concurrent need for a naturopathic approach that helps rebuild the body. This book presents an approach in medicine that works to support adaptive responses of the body, reduce maladaptive responses, address determining factors of health, and sometimes create temporary homeostasis with agents such as drugs (or certain natural medicines). In terms of the basis of disease states, the book teaches about how the lack of coordination in the bodys bioregulatory systems can lead to disease, as well as the impact of irreversible degeneration, genetic damage, chronic stress, etc. The book takes the reader to some of the more common and well described reasons for these states of dysfunction, how to assess a patient, and how various natural therapies impact root causes of disease, the long term consequences, and the various clinical manifestations. The book then takes a systems approach cardiovascular, pulmonary, etc. This is where most books on the subject start, but instead of breaking out a number of conditions and giving protocols of diet, supplements, herbs etc., the author examines how to restore stability and function to that system. Special topics are then covered, ranging from lifespan/primary care considerations to the role of research, the rise of advanced data analytics as decision assistance, to the environmental, cultural, and global determinants of health. Each chapter will additionally include tables that summarize key diagnosis or treatment points, arrayed in an order that reflects the model presented in the book. This is an ideal guide for students in naturopathic medicine, as well as physicians and medical professionals looking to learn more about this field aimed towards maximizing patient resilience.

    Contents:
    The nature of health, homeostasis, adaptation, biological plasticity, repair
    Disease (Theory of)
    Where does a naturopathic approach apply?
    Causes of ill health
    Assessment of the patient
    Therapeutics
    States of ill health assessment and overall mitigation
    Systems Approach to Therapy
    Life-span considerations
    Naturopathic medicine in context
    The role of research and scientific inquiry in naturopathic medicine
    The role of informatics and artificial intelligence in naturopathic medicine
    Societal, global, environmental impact that naturopathic physicians can have
    Appendix A: Recommended resources for clinical/scientific information
    Appendix B: Professional associations and public interest groups related to whole health, complementary and integrative medicine, naturopathic medicine, etc.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Kenneth L. Koch, William L. Hasler, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    edited by Gideon Koren, Raafat Bishai.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RG579 .N38
    1
  • Digital
    Sandro M. Krieg, editor.
    Summary: This book is the first comprehensive work summarizing the advances that have been made in the neurosurgical use of navigated transcranial magnetic stimulation (nTMS) over the past ten years. Having increasingly gained acceptance as a presurgical mapping modality in neurosurgery, today it is widely used for preoperative mapping of cortical motor and language function, risk stratification and improving the accuracy of subcortical fiber bundle visualization. This unique work will provide neurosurgeons and neuroscientists who are starting their nTMS program essential and detailed information on the technique and protocols, as well as the current clinical evidence on and limitations of the various applications of nTMS. At the same time, more experienced nTMS users looking for deeper insights into nTMS mapping and treatment in neurosurgery will find clearly structured, accessible information. The book was prepared by an international mix of authors, each of which was chosen for their status as a respected expert on the respective subtopic, as evinced by their landmark publications on nTMS.

    Contents:
    Basic principles of nTMS
    nTMS motor mapping
    Basic principles and clinical use
    Fiber tracking
    Risk stratification
    nTMS language mapping
    Basic principles and clinical use
    Fiber tracking
    Risk stratification
    Other brain functions
    Therapeutic applications in neurosurgery
    Pain
    Paresis
    Special aspects on nTMS in children
    Outlook on the potential of nTMS
    Integration of functional data in the clinical workflow
    Methodological advantages and disadvantages of nTMS compared to MEG and fMRI.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Stephen Y. Nakada, Sutchin R. Patel, editors.
    Summary: This book discusses the management of various aspects of the professional life of newly qualified urologists as well as more experienced urologists. It features clear, easy-to-read chapters covering various topics, including clinical and surgical patient care, administrative duties, and research despite the increasing constraints on time and resources in today's hectic practice environment. Navigating Organized Urology: A Practical Guide systematically presents a range of practical strategies for a successful transition from trainee to practising urologist, while also offering more experienced urologists a fresh perspective on efficient management and successful adaptation of their practices for the modern age. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Knowing Yourself
    Finding the Right Job
    The Role of the Educator
    The Urologist as an Effective Administrative Leader
    The Urologist as Researcher
    Academic Roles: Inventor
    Academic Research Collaboration
    Patient Satisfaction
    Managing the Operating Room: A Urologist's Guide to Enhancing Efficiency and Quality
    Enhancing and Promoting Your Office Urology Practice
    The Importance of Coding and Billing
    Time Management
    Media and Social Media
    Burnout, Happiness and Work-Life Harmony
    The Power of History and Leveraging Past Institutional Success
    Re-Evaluating yourself.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Stephen Y. Nakada, Sutchin R. Patel, editors.
    Summary: This extensively revised second edition of the text discusses the management of various aspects of the professional life of newly qualified urologists as well as more experienced urologists. It features clear, easy-to-read chapters covering various topics, including clinical and surgical patient care, administrative duties, and research in today's hectic practice environment. New topics covered include how to manage an operating theater, telemedicine and how to manage crisis situations. Lessons acquired from the authors experiences of the COVID-19 Pandemic are also detailed. Navigating Organized Urology: A Practical Guide systematically presents a range of practical strategies for a successful transition from trainee to practicing urologist, while also offering more experienced urologists a fresh perspective on efficient management and successful adaptation of their practices for the modern age.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Alexander R. Vaccaro, Jaykar R. Panchmatia, I. David Kaye, Srinivas K. Prasad.
    Summary: "The past decade has seen major advances in image-guided spine surgery techniques, with robotically assisted approaches emerging in the last five years. While early adopters of this technology paved the way for more widespread use of navigated and robotic systems, barriers still exist. Navigation and Robotics in Spine Surgery by master spine surgeon Alexander Vaccaro and esteemed co-editors Jaykar Panchmatia, David Kaye, and Srinivas Prasad addresses existing issues such as the perception of increased upfront costs, intrusion on current workflow, and a lack of understanding about the potential ways these technologies can enhance the surgical experience and improve patient outcomes. Organized into six sections, the book starts with evidence-based fundamentals of navigated spine surgery and robotics including discussion of instrumentation and mechanics. Sections 2-5 serve as a surgical handbook for spine surgeons who wish to introduce these technologies into practice or augment their current repertoire with more complex techniques. Topics range from more routine procedures such as navigated and robotic minimally invasive TLIF to complex approaches like intraoperative ultrasound guided intradural spinal tumor resection. The final section looks at future directions and potential new applications for these technologies. Key Highlights An impressive group of international spine surgeons who pioneered navigation and robotic surgery techniques share invaluable tricks of the trade Discussion of fluoroscopy- and intraoperative CT-based platforms, applications for intraoperative sonography, and radiation exposure and minimization strategies Special topics include OR set-up and workflow, surmounting the learning curve, artificial intelligence, and lessons learned from other industries"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    edited by Wei Tian.
    Summary: The book introduces the using of navigation assisted robotic system in orthopedic surgery. The system is based on real-time 3D navigation. In the first part, it covers spine surgery, which includes pedicle screw fixation on cervical, thoracic, lumbar spine, dens screw fixation, Margerl screw fixation, PVP, PKP, and MED. The second part is about trauma surgery, which covers screw fixation in pelvis fracture and acetabulum fracture. This book is mainly written for spine surgeons, neurosurgeons, and traumatic orthopedic surgeons.

    Contents:
    History and Development of Robotic Assisted Orthopedic Surgery
    Basic Principle of Robot-Assisted Orthopedic Surgery
    Use of Artificial Potential Field Theory to Determine the Spatial Position of a Navigation-Guided Orthopedic Surgical Robot
    Future Trends and Perspectives
    Magerl method of C1-C2 transarticular screw fixation
    Robot-Assisted posterior C1 and C2 Screw Fixation
    Robot-Assisted Odontoid Fracture Anterior Screw Fixation
    Robot-assisted C2 Pedicle Screw Placement for the Treatment of Hangman Fracture
    Robot Assisted Cervical Pedicle Screw Fixation
    Robot assisted thoracic pedicle screw fixation technique
    Robot-assisted Spine Surgery in Spinal Deformities
    Robot-assisted Lumbar Pedicle Screw Fixation
    Vertebroplasty in Osteoporotic Spine
    Robot-assisted Translaminar Lag Screw Fixation of Spondylolysis
    Robot assisted Percutaneous Transforaminal Endoscopy Discectomy
    Cortical Bone Trajectory for Lumbar Pedicle Screw Placement
    The Complications of Robot-assisted Spine surgery
    Robot-Assisted Free Vascularised Fibular Grafting for the Treatment of Osteonecrosis of the Femoral Head
    An Overview of Robotic Applications in Traumatic Orthopedics
    Research Study of Robotic-assisted Pelvic Fracture Reduction
    Application of Navigation Assisted Robot in Internal Fixation of Fracture.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Seyed Alireza Parhiz, Jeffrey N. James, Shohreh Ghasemi, Mohammad Hosein Amirzade-Iranaq, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive overview of the fundamentals of navigation surgery in the head and neck region. Navigation is particularly important in difficult and limited exposure areas, such as the orbit and deep spaces of the head and neck. With the aid of navigation systems, an expert can palpably and accurately measure the amount of bone removed during fracture reductions or resections of bony masses procedures. In addition to reducing surgery time for soft tissue lesions, navigation technique also allows for minimally invasive access to lesions without extensive dissection that is often required for traditional open approaches. Navigation can also be extremely helpful in locating and retrieving foreign bodies. Chapters cover navigation in a variety of different surgical specialties including, but not limited to, trauma surgery, implant surgery, and orthogenetic surgery. Chapters also discuss surgical pathology as well as guided surgeries. The book features detailed case presentations for each surgery sub-topic and discusses future advances in the field that are currently in development. Navigation in Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery is a must-have resource for clinicians, professionals, and practitioners in the fields of oral & maxillofacial surgery, otorhinolaryngology-head & neck surgery, trauma surgery, and plastic surgery, as well as researchers and postgraduate students in related fields.

    Contents:
    Fundamentals of Navigation surgery
    Navigation in Orthgnatic surgery
    Navigation in Trauma surgery
    Navigation in surgical pathology
    Navigation in Implant surgery
    Navigation & guided surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    Andreas Carl.
    Summary: Material is arranged in the form of charts to allow the maximum amount of information with the minimum amount of words for a fast review. This book is best used side-by-side with your other texts and review books.

    Contents:
    General nursing practices
    Nutrition & calculations
    Fluids & electrolytes
    Cardiovascular diseases
    Respiratory diseases
    Gastrointestinal diseases
    Urogenital diseases
    Sexually transmitted diseases
    Infectious diseases
    Diseases of the blood
    Endocrine diseases
    Musculoskeletal diseases
    Diseases of the nervous system
    Diseases of the eyes & ears
    Diseases of the skin
    Injury & poisoning
    Female reproductive system
    Maternity
    Growth & development
    The neonate
    Infants & toddlers
    Psychiatry
    Nursing pharmacology
    Conversions.
    Digital Access R2Library 2016
  • Digital
    Barbara A. Vitale, RN, MA.
    Digital Access R2Library 2017
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    clinical editor, Susan Lisko, DNP, RN, CNE, Associate Professor of Nursing, Youngstown State University, Youngstown, Ohio.
    Contents:
    Surviving the NCLEX
    Care of the Adult
    Care of the Psychiatric Client
    Maternal-Neonatal Care
    Care of the Child
    Issues in Nursing
    Appendices.
    Digital Access R2Library 2017
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Thoralf M. Sundt, Duke E. Cameron, Myles E. Lee, editors.
    Summary: This heavily revised book features a variety of cases detailing potential complications in cardiac surgery. Clinical scenarios associated with conundrums and unforeseen circumstances are presented, including minimally invasive and hybrid procedures as well as temporary mechanical circulatory support. Discussions emphasize critical details in preoperative assessment and intraoperative sensemaking, decision making and error recovery. Chapters are structured as unknowns, presenting findings as one would experience the events clinically and challenging the reader to develop their own rescue strategies. Relevant references for further reading are included, enabling the reader to further develop their knowledge base. Near Misses in Cardiac Surgery is a concise case-based resource featuring instructions on how to deal with potential complications associated with cardiac surgery. The work's multi-disciplinary authorship ensures it is a valuable resource for all medical professionals involved in the care of cardiac surgical patients.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Aortic Cannulation (Jordan P. Bloom)
    Chapter 2. Return to the Operating Room (Myles E. Lee)
    Chapter 3. Cannulation for ECMO (John M. Trahanas)
    Chapter 4. Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement (TAVR) (Asishana Osho)
    Chapter 5. Accidental Arterial Decannulation (Antonia Kreso)
    Chapter 6. CABG after MI (Asishana Osho)
    Chapter 7. Air in the Circuit (Antonia Kreso)
    Chapter 8. EKG Changes after Mitral Repair (Antonia Kreso)
    Chapter 9. ECMO as a Bridge (Asishana Osho)
    Chapter 10. Complications of Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement (TAVR) (Asishana Osho)
    Chapter 11. Catastrophic Bleeding from Right Atrium (Andrew C. W. Baldwin)
    Chapter 12. Hypoxia on Bypass (Antonia Kreso)
    Chapter 13. Challenges in Myocardial Protection (Brittany Potz)
    Chapter 14. Empty Venous Reservoir (Myles E. Lee)
    Chapter 15. Arrest on Induction (Sameer Lakha)
    Chapter 16. xtracorporeal Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (Jerome C. Cowley)
    Chapter 17. Postoperative Hypotension in the ICU (Myles E. Lee)
    Chapter 18. Hemodynamic instability after Pulmonary Thrombo-Endarterectomy (Asishana Osho)
    Chapter 19. Inadequate Venous Drainage (Antonia Kreso)
    Chapter 20. Trapped Mitral Leaflet (Antonia Kreso)
    Chapter 21. Even More Complications of TAVR (Asishana Osho)
    Chapter 22. Conduit for Redo CABG (Brittany Potz)
    Chapter 23. Intraoperative Coagulopathy (Monica Miller)
    Chapter 24. Hypoxia after Atrial Septal Defect (ASD) Closure (Jordan P. Bloom)
    Chapter 25. Intraoperative Pulmonary Hemorrhage (Lynze R. Franko)
    Chapter 26. Femoral Arterial Cannulation (Thoralf M. Sundt)
    Chapter 27. Hypoxia on ECMO (Jerome C. Crowley)
    Chapter 28. Laser Lead Extraction (Travis Hull)
    Chapter 29. Tube Thoracostomy for hemothorax (Lynze R. Franko)
    Chapter 30. Pulmonary Hypertension (Corey Spiro)
    Chapter 31. Malfunction of an Intra-aortic Balloon (Thoralf M. Sundt)
    Chapter 32. Symptomatic Aortic Stenosis (Thoralf M. Sundt)
    Chapter 33. Pulmonary Embolism (Thoralf M. Sundt)
    Chapter 34. Post-Operative Bleeding (Greg A. Leya)
    Chapter 35. Intraoperative Extracorporeal Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (Travis Hull)
    Chapter 36. Mitral Annular Calcification (Antonia Kreso)
    Chapter 37. Options for a Patient with History of HITT (Jenna Cottral)
    Chapter 38. Ventricular Dysrhythmia after AVR (Andrew C. W. Baldwin)
    Chapter 39. Postoperative Hypoxemia (Rachel Steinhorn)
    Chapter 40. Orthotopic Heart Transplant (OHT) after LVAD (S. Alireza Rabi)
    Chapter 41. Postoperative Infection (Myles E. Lee)
    Chapter 42. Veno-venous ECMO (Travis Hull)
    Chapter 43. Reoperative Sternotomy (Brittany Potz)
    Chapter 44. Sternal Closure: Immediate or Delayed (Greg A. Leya)
    Chapter 45. Suction Event after LVAD Placement (S. Alireza Rabi)
    Chapter 46. Thrombosed Mechanical Valve (Antonia Kreso)
    Chapter 47. Valve-sparing Aortic Root Repair (Andrew A. C. Baldwin)
    Chapter 48. Acute Aortic Dissection (Rizwan Q. Attia)
    Chapter 49. Hypotension on Bypass (Checklist) (Myles E. Lee)
    Chapter 50. Debriding Candle Wax Calcification (Jordan Bloom).
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Alonzo L. Plough.
    Summary: "From racial hierarchies to authentic storytelling, the narrative of Mississippi is one of contrasts that parallel and amplify larger national trends in many ways. To study Mississippi, where RWJF held its fifth annual Sharing Knowledge conference in March 2020, is to learn how structural racism was built, venerated, and fiercely defended in the United States to maintain the status quo of non-White disenfranchisement. Yet the story of the state is also one of strength, rooted in a people who have worked collectively and in community to fight a system designed to punch back"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Oxford [2022]
  • Digital
    [edited by] Brendan C. Stack, Jr., MD, CACS, FACE, Professor, Department of Otolaryngology - Head and Neck Surgery, University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences, Little Rock, Arkansas, Mauricio A. Moreno, MD, Associate Professor, Director Head & Neck Division, Department of Otolaryngology - Head and Neck Surgery, Little Rock, Arkansas.
    Summary: "Neck dissection is a surgical procedure to remove cancerous lymph nodes, on patients diagnosed with cancer of the mouth, tongue, thyroid gland, or other areas of the throat or neck. There are three main types of neck dissection: Radical - all tissue on the side of the neck from the jawbone to the collarbone is removed. The muscle, nerve, salivary gland, and major blood vessel in this area are removed. Modified - all lymph nodes are removed. More neck tissue is spared. Selective - fewer lymph nodes have to be removed. The muscle, nerve, and blood vessel in the neck may also be saved. Neck Dissection will be an authoritative text edited by two distinguished surgeons, covering fundamentals of the various dissection types and which approach to use depending on patient clinical findings. The print text will be supplemented with surgical videos"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    edited by Sean P. McDonough, DVM, PhD, Diplomate ACVP, Cornell University, Ithaca, NY, Teresa L. Southard, DVM, PhD, Diplomate ACVP, Cornell University, Ithaca, NY.
    Contents:
    Introduction to the necropsy
    Necropsy basics
    The necropsy procedure
    The integumentary system
    The musculoskeletal system
    The cardiovascular system
    The respiratory system
    The alimentary system
    The liver and pancreas
    The genitourinary system
    The nervous system
    The eye and ear
    The endocrine system
    The lymphoreticular system
    Necropsy of other small mammals
    Necropsy of fetuses and newborns
    Cytology
    Histopathology
    Infectious disease testing
    Toxicology testing
    Packaging and shipping samples.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Anna Norrby-Teglund, Mattias Svensson, Steinar Skrede editors.
    Summary: This volume aims to enhance the current understanding of clinical features, treatment and pathogenic aspects in necrotizing soft tissue infections. Various representative case studies are discussed to enhance the readers' understanding of these complex diseases. Necrotizing soft tissue infections are rapidly spreading infections that may cause extensive soft tissue or limb loss, multiorgan failure and are associated with a considerable fatality rate. It is undisputed that rapid diagnosis and prompt intervention is directly related to survival. The initial presentation may be limited to unspecific symptoms such as tenderness, swelling, erythema and pain. Thus, diagnosis and management are challenging due to heterogeneity in clinical presentation, in co-morbidities, in microbiological aetiology, as well as in the pathogenic mechanisms. An international and multidisciplinary consortium, INFECT, has for the last 6 years been pursuing research aimed to advance the understanding of the clinical and pathogenic aspects of these infections. A central part has been to create a comprehensive clinical registry and associated biobank which have also formed the basis for the experimental studies. Using the INFECT patient cohort, as well as an integrated systems biology approach in patients and clinically relevant experimental models, an advanced insight of diagnostic features, causative microbial agents, treatment strategies, and pathogenic mechanisms (host and bacterial disease traits and their underlying interaction network) has been obtained.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: The INFECT-project: An international multidisciplinary project on necrotizing soft tissue infections
    Chapter 2: Necrotizing Soft Tissue Infections: case reports from the patients prospective
    Chapter 3: Necrotizing soft tissue infections: Case-reports, from the clinician's perspectives
    Chapter 4: Necrotizing soft tissue infections: clinical features and diagnostic aspects
    Chapter 5: Microbiological etiology of necrotizing soft tissue infections
    Chapter 6: Beta-hemolytic streptococci and necrotizing soft tissue infections
    Chapter 7: Treatment of necrotizing soft tissue infections: Antibiotics
    Chapter 8: Treatment of necrotizing soft tissue infections: IVIG
    Chapter 9: Pathogenic mechanisms of streptococcal necrotizing soft tissue infections
    Chapter 10: Systems genetics approaches in mouse models of Group A Streptococcal necrotizing soft tissue infections
    Chapter 11: Systems biology and biomarkers in necrotizing soft tissue infections
    Chapter 12: Systems and precision medicine in necrotizing soft tissue infections.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Rijnberk, Gérard van.
    Contents:
    Contents
    1. deel. Inleiding, organismale en algemeene physiologie
    2. deel. Bloed en lymphe, ademhaling en spijsvertering
    3. deel. Hart, bloedsomloop, voortplanting
    5. deel. Centraal Zenuwstelsel.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    F34 .R57
    7
  • Digital
    Malali Gowda, Ambardar Sheetal, Chittaranjan Kole, editors.
    Summary: This book describes the sequencing efforts for Neem (Azadirachta indica A. Juss), one of the most versatile tropical evergreen tree species. The neem tree is a source of various natural products, including the potent biopesticide azadirachtin and limonoids, which have a broad spectrum of activity against insect pests and microbial pathogens. To identify genes and pathways in neem, three neem genomes and several transcriptomes are studied using next-generation sequencing technologies. Neem has been extensively used in Ayurveda, Unani and homoeopathic medicine and is often referred to as the 'village pharmacy by natives due to its wealth of medicinal properties. Besides the description of the genome, this book discusses the neem microbiome and its role in the production of neem metabolites like salanin, nimbin and exopy-azadirachtin under in vitro conditions. It also highlights cell and tissue culture using various neem explants including the leaf, root, shoot, cambium, etc.

    Contents:
    Economic/Academic importance
    Botanical descriptions and distribution
    Traditional practices and knowledge of neem
    Biochemistry, medicinal properties and molecular biology of neem bioactives
    Quantification of secondary metabolites of neem
    Utilization of neem and neem products in agriculture
    Requirement of whole-genome sequencing
    Strategies & tools for sequencing
    Genome Assembly
    Repetitive sequences
    Gene annotation
    Synteny with allied & model genomes
    Comparison of gene families
    Impact on neem tree improvement breeding
    Neem tissue culture
    Neem microbiome
    Future prospects.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors Jürg Utzinger, Peiling Yap, Martin Bratschi and Peter Steinmann.
    Summary: Neglected tropical diseases (NTDs) are a group of diseases frequently found in impoverished communities in tropical and sub-tropical countries. The risk for many of the NTDs is high in both deprived urban and rural areas of East Asia. Adapted to the endemic settings and characteristics of the diseases, a range of tools and strategies are currently being rolled out for the large-scale control of many NTDs. Both vector control measures and community sensitization programmes have for example been used to control dengue in urbanized settings. Challenges posed by yaws and lymphatic filariasis are being addressed by mass drug administration, while rabies requires the involvement of the veterinary public health sector for disease control. For leprosy, an elimination target has been defined; however, achieving this goal remains a considerable challenge. Food-borne trematodiases, on the other hand, are emerging and require a deeper understanding of its burden in East Asia and how these diseases can be tackled in a cost-effective manner. Finally, factors, such as an increase of non-communicable diseases due to changing lifestyles which accompany economic growth, the spreading HIV epidemic as well as climate change and the occurrence of natural disasters can potentially affect the epidemiology and control of NTDs. This volume discusses the mentioned topics in detail with contributions by experts in the respective research areas from different working environments.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Foodborne trematodiases in East Asia: epidemiology and burden
    3. Leprosy in East Asia
    4. Dengue, an expanding neglected tropical disease
    5. Yaws in South-East Asia: towards global eradication
    6. Rabies in East and Southeast Asia
    a mirror of the global situation
    7. Coinfection with helminths and HIV-1 in East Asia
    8. Links between the Epidemiology and Control of Non-Communicable Diseases and Neglected Tropical Diseases in Asia.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jill E. Weatherhead, editor.
    Summary: This volume of the Neglected Tropical Diseases (NTD) series covers the most prevalent NTDs in North America. This book discusses in detail pathology, diagnostics and control approaches of selected NTDs in the sub-tropical regions of the United States of America. There are disproportionate numbers of children and adults living in poverty within the United States that are at risk of infections caused by helminths, protozoa, viruses and bacteria which commonly lead to chronic, debilitating and stigmatizing diseases. Each chapter focuses on one specific disease or series of related diseases, and provides in-depth insights into the topic.

    Contents:
    Soil Transmitted Helminthiasis
    Toxocariasis
    Strongyloidiasis
    Taeniasis and Cysticercosis
    Toxoplasmosis
    Chagas Disease
    Leishmaniasis
    Trichomoniasis
    Chikungunya, Dengue, Zika, and Other Emerging Mosquito-Borne Viruses
    West Nile Virus
    Hansens Disease
    Murine Typhus.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    editor-in-chief, Debra K. Katzman ; senior associate editor, Catherine M. Gordon ; associate editors, S. Todd Callahan, Alain Joffe, Susan L. Rosenthal, Maria Trent, Richard J. Chung.
    Summary: "We are pleased to present the 7th edition of Neinstein's Adolescent and Young Adult Health Care. This edition is an extraordinary accomplishment for us as it is the first edition without the guiding hand of the founding editor-in-chief, Dr. Lawrence S. Neinstein"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    LWW Health Library (Pediatrics)
    LWW Health Library (Internal Medicine)
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, Lawrence S. Neinstein, MD, FACP, Professor of Pediatrics and Medicine, Executive Director, USC Engemann Student Health Center, Chief, Division of College Health, Department of Pediatrics, USC Keck School of Medicine, Assistent Provost of Student Health and Wellness, University of Southern California, Los Angeles, California ; senior associate editor, Debra K. Katzman, MD, FRCPC, Professor of Pediatrics, Division of Adolescent Medicine, Department of Pediatrics, The Hospital for Sick Children and University of Toronto, Senior Associate Scientist, Research Institute, Director, Health Science Research, Undergraduate Medical Education, University of Toronto School of Medicine, Toronto, Ontario, Canada ; associate editors, Todd Callahan, MD, [and three others].
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library (Pediatrics)
    LWW Health Library (Internal Medicine)
  • Print
    [edited by] Karen J. Marcdante, Robert M. Kliegman.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RJ45 .N4321 2014
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] Karen Marcdante, Robert M. Kliegman, Abigail M. Schuh.
    Summary: "Concise, readable, and up to date, Nelson Essentials of Pediatrics, 9th Edition, provides the must-know information you need in pediatrics from the name you trust. A readable, full-color format; high-yield, targeted chapters; and thorough content updates ensure strong coverage of core knowledge as well as recent advances in the field. This focused resource is ideal for medical students, pediatric residents, PAs, and nurse practitioners in various educational and practice settings, including pediatric residencies, clerkships, and exams"--Publisher's description.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    [edited by] Robert M. Kliegman, Patricia S. Lye, Brett J. Bordini, Heather Toth, Donald Basel.
    Contents:
    Sore throat
    Cough
    Respiratory distress
    Earache
    Apparent life threatening event--brief resolved unexplained event
    Syncope and dizziness
    Chest pain
    Murmurs
    Failure to thrive
    Abdominal pain
    Diarrhea
    Vomiting and regurgitation
    Gastrointestinal bleeding
    Hepatomegaly
    Jaundice
    Constipation
    Abdominal masses
    Dysuria
    Proteinuria
    Hematuria
    Acute and chronic scrotal swelling
    Menstrual problems and vaginal bleeding
    Disorders of sex development
    Intellectual and developmental disability
    Dysmorphology
    Irritable infant
    Unusual behaviors
    Headaches
    Hypotonia, weakness, and stroke
    Paroxysmal disorders
    Altered mental status
    Eye disorders
    Arthritis
    Gait disturbances
    Back pain in children and adolescents
    Lymphadenopathy and neck masses
    Pallor and anemia
    Bleeding and thrombosis
    Fever
    Fever and rash
    Recurrent fever, infections, immune disorders, and autoinflammatory diseases
    Disorders of puberty
    Short stature
    Hypoglycemia
    Urinary incontinence and polyuria
    Acid--base and electrolyte disturbances
    Congenital cutaneous lesions and infantile rashes
    Acquired rashes in the older child.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Robert M. Kliegman, Heather Toth, Brett J. Bordini and Donald Basel.
    Summary: "Nelson Pediatric Symptom-Based Diagnosis, by Drs. Robert M. Kliegman, Brett Bordini, Heather Toth, and Donald Basel is intended to help the reader begin with a specific chief complaint that may be seen in many different disease entities. It is arranged in chapters that cover specific symptoms mirroring clinical practice. For example, patients do not usually present with a chief complaint of cystic fibrosis; rather, they may present with a cough, respiratory distress, or chronic diarrhea. With a user-friendly, well-tabulated, illustrated approach, this text will help the reader differentiate between the many disease states causing a common symptom."-Publisher's description.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Joseph B. Cantey, MD, Jason Sauberan, PharmD, editors in chief ; John D. Nelson, MD, emeritus ; Elizabeth D. Barnett, MD [and five others], contributing editors.
    Summary: Nelson's Neonatal Antimicrobial Therapy is your go-to reference for treating neonates with infectious diseases. This handy reference provides evidence-based recommendations from leading experts in antimicrobial therapy for the treatment of infectious diseases in neonates.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Robert M. Kliegman, Joseph W. St Geme, Nathan J. Blum, Samir S. Shah, Robert C. Tasker, Karen M. Wilson ; editor emeritus Richard E. Behrman.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Andrea Necchi, Philippe E. Spiess, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to provide readers with a current overview of enrolling trials with immune-checkpoint inhibitors in the preoperative setting of localized bladder cancer, renal cell carcinoma, and prostate cancer. The advent of immunotherapy has revolutionized treatments of genitourinary malignancy and evolved strategies for multidisciplinary management. This book explains neoadjuvant checkpoint inhibitors in localized genitourinary cancers, providing insights into the mechanisms of response and development of resistance of cancer cells to immunotherapy. It debates optimal trial design of preoperative checkpoint inhibitors in GU tumors, including optimal endpoints and the role of pathologic response as a surrogate endpoint of survival. It also illuminates clinical management of patients with organ-confined GU tumors, such as side effect management and perioperative safety, before providing an overview of biomarker use for patient selection across the early-stage GU malignancies. Lastly, the book provides the reader with the most up-to-date data emerging from clinical trials involving immunotherapy in early-stage GU malignancies. Neoadjuvant Immunotherapy Treatment of Localized Genitourinary Cancers: Multidisciplinary Management provides a comprehensive review of the field, serving as a valuable resource for urologists, medical oncologists, pathologists, fellows in urologic oncology, upper-level residents training in urology and medical oncology, as well as pharmacists interested in RCC clinicians.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    State-of-the art and ongoing developments
    Clinical cases debate: neoadjuvant checkpoint inhibition vs standard chemotherapy
    Slideshow of tumor samples before and after checkpoint inhibition
    Ongoing trials and clinical trials endpoints debate: the role of pathological response as a surrogate of survival endpoints
    State-of-the-art and future role of molecular biomarkers for patient selection
    Background of immunotherapy trials in prostate cancer
    Clinical case debate: immunotherapy vs alternative therapies in the neoadjuvant and adjuvant setting of localized, high-risk prostate cancer
    Cytoreductive nephrectomy in the era of targeted therapy and immunotherapy
    Clinical cases debate: Neoadjuvant vs adjuvant immunotherapy in localized RCC
    Benchmark of surgical safety results
    What the scientific data tell us about predictive biomarkers of immunotherapy efficacy across the GU malignancies
    Clinical cases debate: biomarker-driven patient selection vs unselective perioperative strategies.
    Digital Access Springer 22
  • Digital
    editors, Mario Campone, Jean-Sébastien Frenel.
    Contents:
    Neoadjuvant therapy in breast cancer / Mario Campone & Jean-Sébastien Frenel
    Ask the experts : neoadjuvant therapy : current options / Mark Beresford
    Evaluation of complete pathologic response / Audrey Mailliez, Géraldine Lauridant-Philippin & Jacques M Bonneterre
    Recommendation and predictors of pathologic response / Vladimir F. Semiglazov & Vladislav V. Semiglazov
    Combination chemotherapy and targeted agents / Victoria Brown & Stephen Chan
    Role of radiation after neoadjuvant chemotherapy / Michelle A. Kraay & Janice A. Lyons
    Monoclonal antibody therapy / Jean-Sébastien Frenel & Mario Campone
    Multiple choice questions : answers.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    Robert G. Wallace, Rodrick Wallace, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Did ebola emerge in West Africa by a policy-driven phase change in agroecology?
    2. Ebola in the hog sector: modeling pandemic emergence in commodity livestock
    3. Did neoliberalizing West Africa's forests produce a vaccine-resistant ebola?
    4. Introducing pandemic control theory
    5. The social amplification of pandemics and other disasters
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Lawrence F. Eichenfield, Ilona J. Frieden, Erin F. Mathes, Andrea L. Zaenglein,
    Contents:
    Fetal Skin Development
    Structure and Function of Newborn Skin
    Lesional Morphology and Assessment
    Skin of the Premature Infant
    Neonatal Skin Care and Toxicology
    Diagnostic and Therapeutic Procedures
    Transient Benign Cutaneous Lesions in the Newborn
    Iatrogenic and Traumatic Injuries
    Developmental Abnormalities
    Vesicles, Pustules, Bullae, Erosions, and Ulcerations
    Inherited and Acquired Blistering Diseases
    Bacterial Infections
    Viral Infections
    Fungal Infections, Infestations, and Parasitic Infections in Neonates and Infants
    Eczematous Disorders
    Papulosquamous and Lichenoid Disorders
    Diaper Area Eruptions
    Erythrodermas, Immunodeficiency, and Metabolic Disorders
    Disorders of Cornification (Ichthyosis)
    Immunologic, Reactive, and Purpuric Disorders
    Infantile Hemangiomas and Other Vascular Tumors
    Vascular Malformations
    Hypopigmentation Disorders
    Disorders of Hyperpigmentation and Melanocytes
    Acneiform and Sweat Gland Disorders
    Lumps, Bumps, and Hamartomas
    Disorders of the Subcutaneous Tissue
    Neoplastic and Infiltrative Diseases
    Selected Hereditary Diseases
    Neonatal Mucous Membrane Disorders
    Hair Disorders
    Nail Disorders.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Digital
    Manoj K. Ghoda.
    Summary: This book is written to simplify complex topics of neonatal and pediatric liver and metabolic diseases which are encountered by clinicians on a day to day basis. Neonatal and early pediatric liver diseases are very much different from adult liver diseases. Most of them are either structural diseases or genetically modulated metabolic disorders affecting liver. They all look same; however the underlying etiology could be quite different. This book thoroughly covers various neonatal and pediatric liver and metabolic diseases through a unique clinical case based approach via a vast clinical experience of the author. The book presents more than 50 unique cases and presents real life learning scenario with various examples facilitating better understanding of the disease and the ways to analyze it. The book uses a simple language and presents line diagrams and algorithms facilitating learning. This book shall be a valuable resource for practicing general pediatricians, pediatric residents and gastroenterologists with involvement in pediatric liver and liver related metabolic diseases. .

    Contents:
    Neonatal and Pediatric liver Diseases
    Case 1: 20 month old child with recurrent convulsions
    Case 2: A 9 year old boy presenting with hepatitis, epistaxis and bleeding from gums
    Case 3: Lightening strikes at one place thrice
    Case 4: A worried couple with a child having jaundice
    Case 5: A 2 year old child who had recurrent hematemesis and bleeding per rectum
    Case 5: A 2 year old child who had recurrent hematemesis and bleeding per rectum
    Case 6: A child who had lost appetite and interest .-Case 7: A year old child with chronic diarrhea and failure to thrive
    Case 8: A 3 year old male with recurrent diarrhea and chest infection
    Case 9: 11 months old twins with Inborn errors of metabolism
    Case 10: A child with recurrent diarrhea
    Case 11: A 3 month old child with recurrent fever, diarrhea, failure to thrive and electrolyte disturbances
    Case 12: A 13-Year-Old girl with chronic abdominal Pain and Vomiting
    Case 13: A 6 month old child with neonatal cholestasis and generalized edema
    Case: 14. A 6 weeks old child who had progressive jaundice and creamy white stools
    Case: 15. Milk branding
    Case 16: An 8 year old son of a lady executive who was a keen "net" searcher
    Case 17: Neo rich parents who wanted best for their child
    Case 18: A case of "Criggler-Najjar syndrome"
    Case: 19. A pleasant child who developed prolonged jaundice
    Case 20: Prolonged neonatal jaundice and cardiac defects
    Case 21: Neonatal jaundice in a child with ocular problem
    Case 22: A 3 year old girl with unexplained vomiting and failure to thrive
    Case 23: A 3 year old boy with failure to thrive and progressively stiffening muscles
    Case 24: A 2 month old child with neonatal ascites
    Case 25: A patient with sickle cell anemia with sudden onset of jaundice
    Case 26: A 7 year old boy with recurrence of jaundice
    Case 28: An eight year old boy with recurrent jaundice
    Case 29: A 3 yr. old with huge liver and abnormal liver functions
    Case-30: A fifteen year old boy with prolonged jaundice
    Case-31: A young girl with recurrent jaundice and vague RUQ mass
    Case-32: A young boy with ascites
    Case 33: Two cases of recurrence of jaundice
    Case 34: A 12 years old boy with "obstructive jaundice
    Case 35: 11 years old boy with jaundice and bleeding PR
    Case 36: A young boy with failed renal transplant and sudden onset of ascites
    Case 37: A 2-Year-Old Boy with Diarrhea, Failure to thrive, and Hepatomegaly
    Case 38: A child with "recurrent attacks of asthma
    Case 39: A 3 years old boy with recurrent jaundice and severe iron deficiency anemia
    Case 40: 3 years old boy with huge liver
    Case 41: A case of neonatal liver failure
    Case 42: A case of acute hepatitis and ......something more
    Case 43: A case of neonatal hepatitis and failure to thrive
    Case 44: An infant with sudden onset of unilateral ptosis and jaundice
    Case 45: A neonate with rapidly deteriorating liver functions
    Case 46: A 6 month old child with hematemesis
    Case 47: A young child with persistent elevation of SGOT/ SGPT
    Case 48: An infant with persistent vomiting
    Case 49: A case of Fever and jaundice
    Case 50: A neonate with jaundice and enlarged liver
    Case 51: A case of huge hepatomegaly but no hypoglycemia
    Case 52: Pregnant lady with HBsAg positivity: A paediatrician's perspective.
    Digital Access Springer [2021]
  • Digital
    [edited by] Brian K. Walsh.
    Summary: Learn to improve the respiratory care of neonates, infants, and children. Neonatal and Pediatric Respiratory Care, 5th Edition gives you a solid foundation in the assessment and treatment of respiratory disorders. Clear, full-color coverage simplifies the principles of respiratory care while emphasizing clinical application. A critical piece in respiratory care's total curriculum solution, this new edition includes all the changes in current clinical practice and in the education environment. Learning objectives at the beginning of each chapter break down key content into measurable behaviors, criteria, and conditions, and self-assessment questions provide an excellent review for the NBRC Neonatal/Pediatric Specialty exam.

    Contents:
    I. Fetal development assessment, and delivery
    Fetal lung development
    Fetal gas exchange and circulation
    Antenatal assessment and high-risk delivery
    II. Assessment and monitoring of the neonatal and pediatric patient
    Examination and assessment of the neonatal and pediatric patient
    Pulmonary function testing and bedside pulmonary mechanics
    Radiographic assessment
    Pediatric flexible bronchoscopy
    Invasive blood gas analysis and cardiovascular monitoring
    Noninvasive monitoring in neonatal and pediatric care
    III. Therapeutic procedures for treatment of neonatal and pediatric disorders
    Oxygen administration
    Aerosols and administration of inhaled medications
    Airway clearance techniques and hyperinflation therapy
    Airway management
    Surfactant replacement therapy
    Noninvasive mechanical ventilation and continuous positive pressure of the neonate
    Noninvasive mechanical ventilation of the infant and child
    Invasive mechanical ventilation of the neonate and pediatric patient
    Administration of gas mixtures
    Extracorporeal membrane oxygenation
    Pharmacology
    Thoracic organ transplantation
    IV. Neonatal and pediatric disorders: presentation, diagnosis, and treatment
    Neonatal pulmonary disorders
    Surgical disorders in childhood that affect respiratory care
    Congenital cardiac defects
    Pediatric sleep-disordered breathing
    Pediatric airway disorders and parenchymal lung diseases
    Asthma
    Cystic fibrosis
    Acute respiratory distress syndrome
    Shock
    Pediatric trauma
    Disorders of the pleura
    Neurological and neuromuscular disorders
    V. Neonatal and pediatric transient and ambulatory care
    Transport of infants and children
    Home care
    Quality and safety.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2019
  • Digital
    Jerrold Lerman, editor.
    Summary: This is the first comprehensive book in more than a decade in the very specialized field of neonatal anesthesia. Edited and written by a team of recognized experts in neonatal anesthesia, surgery, and intensive care, this volume is the quintessential clinical reference for perioperative care of these small patients. The considerations of developmental physiology and pharmacology, which influence anesthesia care and pain management, are clearly explained. Care for surgical and medical procedures, including sedation and monitoring in and out of the operating room, is detailed. Congenital disorders of all organ systems are described together with their current management. The special considerations for neonatal intensive care ? current recommendations for fluid, nutrition, and metabolic requirements, mechanical ventilation, and management of the airway ? are detailed. This topical volume concludes with a summary of complications and ethical considerations in the neonate.

    Contents:
    1. The History of Neonatal Anesthesia
    2. Physiology and Development of the term and preterm neonate
    3. Anesthesia and ancillary drugs & the neonate
    4. Selection of anesthesia techniques for the neonate
    5. Neonatal airway management
    6. Monitoring the Neonate: basic science
    7. Monitoring the neonate: practical considerations
    8. Perioperative metabolic care of the term and preterm infant
    9. Neonatal ventilation
    10. Thoracoabdominal & general surgery
    11. Anesthesia for the neonate: Neurosurgery & Ophthalmology
    12. Anesthesia for cardiac surgery in neonates
    13. Anesthesia outside the operating room
    14. Pain assessment and management
    15. Regional anesthesia
    16. Anesthetic complications in the neonate
    17. Ethical and medico-legal considerations.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Micahel Artman, Lynn Mahony, David F. Teitel.
    Summary: "Neonatal Cardiology is the trusted go-to guide for pediatricians and neonatologists needing concise, practical guidance on the evaluation and management of newborns with heart disease and other cardiac functional abnormalities. Focusing on physiology, mechanics, and presentation of congenital heart disease, this full-color resource provides a succinct, yet complete overview of neonatal cardiology. Neonatal Cardiology opens with discussions of basic aspects of embryology of the heart and a review of normal and abnormal muscle function. From there, you are led through the clinical assessment of patients with an array of cardiac abnormalities. Management and treatment follow, beginning with a basic chapter on the principles of medical management, followed by drug therapy and post-operative care. The book concludes with a chapter on Epidemiology, Etiology, and Genetics of Congenital Heart Disease"--P. 4 of cover.

    Contents:
    Cardiac morphogenesis : implications for congenital cardiovascular diseases
    Myocyte contraction and relaxation
    Perinatal cardiovascular physiology
    Prenatal evaluation and management
    Initial evaluation of the newborn with suspected cardiovascular disease
    Approach to the cyanotic infant
    Approach to the infant with excessive pulmonary blood flow
    Approach to the infant with inadequate systemic perfusion
    Cardiomyopathies
    Arrhythmias
    Principles of medical management
    Cardiovascular drug therapy
    Care of the postoperative patient
    Neurology of congenital cardiovascular disease : brain development, acquired injury and neurodevelopmental outcome
    Epidemiology, etiology, and genetics of congenital cardiovascular disease.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessCardiology
    AccessPediatrics
  • Digital
    Gerda Meijler, Sylke J. Steggerda.
    Summary: Here is a compact, easy-to-use guide to neonatal cranial ultrasonography for both the novice and experienced practitioner. It provides essential information on the procedure as well as on  normal ultrasound anatomy. Includes high-quality ultrasound images.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Andrea Poretti, Thierry A.G.M. Huisman, editors.
    Summary: This book discusses the key features of normal, age-dependent neonatal head and spine ultrasonography and the application of this modality to common and rare neonatal neurologic disorders. Ultrasonography is an incredibly versatile bedside imaging tool in detecting brain and spine abnormalities in neonates, monitoring the course of these lesions, and evaluating the maturation of the neonatal brain and spine. Organized to correspond to daily bedside practice, it presents a symptom-based approach and classifies neonatal neurologic disorders at presentation. For each disorder, clinical cases are presented that explore the differential diagnoses and are accompanied by high-quality ultrasound images that depict the abnormal findings. Topics include seizures, encephalopathy, hemiparesis, apnea, microcephaly, and neonatal spine abnormalities. Neonatal Head and Spine Ultrasonography is a succinct guide to this imaging modality and is a valuable resource for pediatric radiologists, neuroradiologists, neonatologists, and pediatricians.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Technique
    Normal Head Ultrasound in the Preterm and Term Newborn
    Seizures Encephalopathy
    Muscular Hypotonia
    Hemiplegia
    Apnea
    Microcephaly
    Macrocephaly
    Dysmorphic Facial Features
    Facial Skin Abnormalities.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Pedro A. de Alarcón, Eric J. Werner, Robert D. Christensen, Martha C. Sola-Visner.
    Summary: Neonatal hematology is a fast-growing field, and the majority of sick neonates will develop hematological problems. This is an essential guide to the pathogenesis, diagnosis and management of hematologic problems in the neonate. Guidance is practical, including blood test interpretation, advice on transfusions and reference ranges for hematological values. Chapters have been thoroughly revised according to the latest advances in the field for this updated third edition. Topics discussed include erythrocyte disorders, platelet disorders, leukocyte disorders, immunologic disorders and hemostatic disorders. Coverage of oncological issues has been expanded to two separate chapters on leukemia and solid tumors, making information more easily accessible. Approaches to identifying the cause of anemia in a neonate are explained, with detailed algorithms provided to aid clinicians in practice. Covering an important hematologic niche with an ever increasing amount of specialized knowledge, this book is a valuable resource for hematologists, neonatologists and pediatricians.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2021
  • Digital
    Joseph B. Cantey, editor.
    Summary: This book is designed to succinctly cover the pathophysiology, epidemiology, clinical presentation, diagnosis and treatment, and important aspects of preventative care for the most frequently encountered neonatal and congenital infections. The first section discusses common neonatal infections acquired during or after delivery, including sepsis, meningitis, necrotizing enterocolitis, and other focal infections. The second section covers a wide range of congenital infections including cytomegalovirus, hepatitis, syphilis, and HIV. The final section discusses the basics of infection prevention, outbreak management, antibiotic stewardship, and immunizations in the nursery setting. Written by an expert in infectious diseases and neonatal/perinatal medicine, this book is the only resource focused exclusively on newborns that is both current and easily accessible. Handbook of Neonatal Infections is an excellent resource for infectious disease specialists, neonatologists, pediatricians, family practitioners, medical students, hospitalists, nurses, and all clinicians caring for infants in the nursery or neonatal intensive care unit.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Summary: "This Exam Prep Study Guide was designed to be a high-speed review-a last-minute gut check before your exam day. We created this review to supplement to your certification preparation studies. We encourage you to use it in conjunction with other study aids to ensure you are as prepared as possible for the exam. This book follows National Certification Corporation's most recent exam content outlines and uses a succinct, bulleted format to highlight what you need to know. The aim of this book is to help you solidify your retention of information in the month or so leading up to your exam. It is written by certified inpatient obstetric nurses who are familiar with the exam and the content you need to know"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    General Examination Information
    Antepartum and Intrapartum
    Adaptation to Extrauterine Life
    Neonatal Pharmacology
    Respiratory System
    Cardiovascular System and Circulation
    Gastrointestinal System
    Renal/Genitourinary System
    Nervous System
    Musculoskeletal System
    Integumentary System
    Head, Eyes, Ears, Nose, and Throat
    Endocrine/Metabolic System
    Hematologic System
    Immune System and Infectious Diseases
    Genetic Disorders
    Neonatal Foundations
    Professional Practice
    Practice Exam: Questions
    Practice Exam: Answers
    Pop Quiz Answers.
    Digital Access R2Library [2024]
  • Digital
    editors, Jing Liu, Erich Soratin and Hai-Ying Cao.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    volume editor, Linda S. de Vries, Hannah C. Glass.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital
    Amy R. Koehn, editor.
    Summary: "Written by leading APRN neonatal educators and clinicians, this authoritative study guide delivers all the tools neonatal nurse practitioners need to pass the National Certification Corporation (NCC) certification exam and the Continuing Competency Assessment (CCA). User friendly and concise, this review's content mirrors that of the actual exam and is structured in accordance with the most updated test plan blueprint. This resource's numerous exam-style questions and answers with rationales included in each chapter help readers uncover gaps in their knowledge. This review synthesizes the knowledge required to pass the exam, saving the reader time and effort by omitting extraneous material. In addition to spotlighting essential content throughout the text, recommended references provide the reader with the option to seek out additional information as needed. Additional benefits include important information about the exam along with savvy study and test-taking tips"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Maternal history in the antepartum
    Maternal history in the intrapartum
    The neonatal physical exam
    Clinical laboratory test and diagnostic procedures, techniques, and equipment use for the neonate
    Communication and parent/infant interaction
    Family integration: the grieving process
    Discharge planning and follow-up
    Thermoregulation
    Resuscitation and delivery room stabilization
    Neonatal nutrition
    Fluids and electrolytes
    Principles of neonatal pharmacology
    Pharmacology: common drug therapies
    Genetics
    The neurologic system
    The cardiac system
    The pulmonary system
    The gastrointestinal system
    The renal system
    The endocrine/metabolic system
    The hematopoietic system
    Neonatal infectious diseases
    The musculoskeletal system
    Integumentary system
    Eyes, ears, nose, mouth, and throat
    Intrauterine drug exposure
    Evidence-based practice
    Legal, ethical, and communication issues
    Patient safety
    Nursing research
    Final practice exam
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Julia Petty, Tracey Jones, Agnes van den Hoogen, Karen Walker, Carole Kenner, editors.
    Summary: This textbook is written in line with the Council of International Neonatal Nurses, Inc. (COINN) vision for global unity for neonatal nursing. The core values and goals of COINN are based on excellence and advocacy for high quality newborn care, as well as respecting diversity by integrating cultural norms and values among the care of newborns and their families. The book promotes neonatal nursing as a global speciality through evidence, research, and education of neonatal nurses; and offers key examples of the millennium goals and global outcomes, as well as variations in outcomes for babies. The first part focuses on global perspectives of neonatal nursing from different continents aligning with the World Health Organizations' global regions: (The Americas -USA, Canada and South America-, Western Pacific region -Australia and New Zealand-, European region -UK and Europe-, African region, South-East Asia and Eastern Mediterranean region. For each region, education and competencies, challenges and opportunities, research and evidence-based practice (EBP) as well as practice regulations are described. The second part elaborates on key topics for neonatal nursing across the globe, such as the continuity of neonatal care in the community, patient and family centered care in neonatal settings, sleep and brain development, the fundamental care needs of the neonate and family and global perspectives on hypothermia, hypoglycaemia and hypoxia. Written in a formal academic but reader style, using key literature and evidence, this textbook enables an understanding from a large audience with academic levels and experience, both staff and students, bedside nurses, advanced practice nurses, midwifes and allied professionals. In addition, first person story based reflective narrative are interspersed throughout the book to capture the perspectives of nurses, staff and parents, in the form of vignettes. This textbook is aimed at neonatal nurses across the world as well as current and aspiring students in this field.

    Contents:
    PART 1 Introduction
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    PART 2 Global regions
    Chapter 2. USA
    Chapter 3. Canada
    Chapter 4. South America
    Chapter 5. Australia
    Chapter 6. New Zealand
    Chapter 7. UK
    Chapter 8. Western Europe
    Chapter 9. Eastern Europe
    Chapter 10. South Africa
    Chapter 11. Eastern Africa (Rwanda)
    Chapter 12. Asia
    Chapter 13. Middle East
    PART 3- Key topics for neonatal nursing across the globe
    Chapter 14. Continuity of Neonatal Care in the Community: post-discharge care for preterm, small and sick babies
    Chapter 15. Patient and Family Centered Care in Neonatal Settings
    Chapter 16. Sleep and brain development: Developmental care strategies
    Chapter 17. The three Hs: Hypothermia, hypoglycaemia, hypoxia- Global perspectives on early care of the newborn
    Chapter 18. Psychological and emotional care for the neonate and family
    Chapter 19. Global research in neonatal nursing
    PART 4: Conclusion
    Chapter 20. Key messages: The way forward, next steps.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    prepared by the AWHONN Task Force to Revise the Fourth Edition of the AWHONN Education Guide, Basic, High-Risk, and Critical-Care Intrapartum Nursing: Clinical Competencies and Education Guide ; task force members Sandra Hoffman, Barbara O'Brien, Julie Zimmerman.
    Summary: "This education guide provides a framework for educational content and skills verification for nurses who provide evidence-based care for newborns and infants."--Publisher's description.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Summary: "The Neonatal Nursing: Scope and Standards of Practice, 3rd Edition, is an essential document for every neonatal nurse practicing in the United States. The scope of practice statement answers the who, what, when, where, how, and why questions of neonatal nursing. The standards provide authoritative statements of the actions and behaviors that all registered neonatal nurses are expected to competently perform, regardless of role, population, specialty, and setting. The product of extensive thought work by many registered nurses, this new edition provides 17 national standards of practice and professional performance. Each standard is accompanied by detailed competencies for the three practice levels. This premier professional resource informs and guides neonatal nurses in their vital work providing safe, quality, and competent care. It is a must-have for every registered neonatal nurse"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Cover
    Title Page
    Copyright Page
    Contents
    Acknowledgments
    Scope of Neonatal Nursing Practice
    DEFINITION AND OVERVIEW OF PROFESSIONAL NEONATAL NURSING
    HISTORY OF NEONATAL NURSING
    UNDERLYING ASSUMPTIONS OF NEONATAL NURSING
    PRACTICE CHARACTERISTICS OF NEONATAL NURSING
    CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT
    DEVELOPMENTAL CARE
    HEALTH PROMOTION
    ENVIRONMENT
    FAMILY-CENTERED CARE
    CULTURALLY SENSITIVE CARE
    SPIRITUAL CARE
    THE CODE OF ETHICS FOR NURSES
    DISCHARGE PLANNING
    ADVOCACY
    QUALITY ASSURANCE AND EVIDENCE-BASED PRACTICE
    PATIENT SAFETY
    RESEARCH PRACTICE ENVIRONMENTS AND LEVELS OF CARE IN NEONATAL NURSING
    EDUCATION, CERTIFICATION, AND ROLES IN NEONATAL NURSING
    FUTURE CONSIDERATIONS
    Standards of Practice for Neonatal Nursing
    Standard 1. Assessment
    Competencies
    Additional Competencies for the Graduate-Level Prepared Registered Nurse
    Additional Competencies for the Advanced Practice Registered Nurse
    Standard 2. Diagnosis
    Competencies
    Additional Competencies for the Graduate-Level Prepared Registered Nurse
    Additional Competencies for the Advanced Practice Registered Nurse Standard 3. Outcome Identification
    Competencies
    Additional Competencies for the Graduate-Level Prepared Registered Nurse and Advanced Practice Registered Nurse
    Standard 4. Planning
    Competencies
    Additional Competencies for the Graduate-Level Prepared Registered Nurse
    Additional Competencies for the Advanced Practice Registered Nurse
    Standard 5. Implementation
    Competencies
    Additional Competencies for the Graduate-Level Prepared Registered Nurse
    Additional Competencies for the Advanced Practice Registered Nurse
    Standard 5A. Coordination of Care
    Competencies Additional Competencies for the Graduate-Level Prepared Registered Nurse
    Additional Competencies for the Advanced Practice Registered Nurse
    Standard 5B. Health Teaching and Health Promotion
    Competencies
    Additional Competencies for the Graduate-Level Prepared Registered Nurse and Advanced Practice Registered Nurse
    Standard 6. Evaluation
    Competencies
    Additional Competencies for the Graduate-Level Prepared Registered Nurse and Advanced Practice Registered Nurse
    Standards of Professional Performance for Neonatal Nursing
    Standard 7. Ethics
    Competencies Additional Competencies for the Graduate-Level Prepared Registered Nurse and Advanced Practice Registered Nurse
    Standard 8. Culturally Congruent Practice
    Competencies
    Additional Competencies for the Graduate-Level Prepared Registered Nurse
    Additional Competencies for the Advanced Practice Registered Nurse
    Standard 9. Communication
    Competencies
    Additional Competencies for the Graduate-Level Prepared Registered Nurse and Advanced Practice Registered Nurse
    Standard 10. Collaboration
    Competencies
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Carole Kenner, PhD, NNP, RN, FAAN, Judy Wright Lott, PhD, NNP-BC, RN, FAAN.
    Summary: Neonatal nurses face an ever-changing practice landscape that requires swift decisions and actions. This is an up-to-date, comprehensive, quick reference resource written specifically for neonatal nurses throughout the globe. Designed for speedy information retrieval, it encompasses vital information about commonly encountered conditions and procedures on the neonatal unit. The handbook is written by outstanding neonatal practitioners in accessible language and consistently formatted for ease of use. Illustrations, diagrams and flow charts enhance information, which is divided into sections covering Systems Assessment and Management of Disorders, Special Care Considerations, and Procedures and Diagnostic Tests. Appendices deliver such valuable tools for clinical practice as a list of common abbreviations and pertinent web resources. Also included are downloadable, digital, patient management tools, reusable templates, and quick-reference calculation tools. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Respiratory system / Katherine Newman
    Cardiovascular system / Samual Mooneyham
    Neurologic system / Georgia Ditzenberger, Susan T. Blackburn, Beth Brown, and Leslie Altimier
    Gastrointestinal system / Ann Phalen and Michele Savin
    Renal system / Leslie Parker
    Hematologic and immune systems / Carole Kenner
    Nutrition / Ruth Lucas, Carrie-Ellen Briere, and Ksenia Zukowsky
    Surgical care section / Michele DeGrazia
    Skin care / Carolyn Lund
    Developmental care / Xiaomei Cong
    The neonatal intensive care unit (NICU) environment / Leslie B. Altimier
    Palliative care / Anita Catlin, & Charlotte Wool
    Transition to home and primary care / Marina Boykova, & Carole Kenner
    Procedures / section editor, Patricia Johnson
    Diagnostic tests / section editor, Samual Mooneyham
    Common lab values / Samual Mooneyham
    Common drugs : medication guide / Beth Shields.
    Digital Access R2Library 2016
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    [edited by] Carole Kenner, Marina V. Boykova.
    Summary: "This handbook is a quick reference for nurses who care for the small and sick newborn. It addresses the most common conditions and procedures. The material is offered in an easy to use format and is meant to be a quick reference not a comprehensive one. It can be used by anyone providing care to this population. A systems approach is used in section I. Section II highlights special care considerations, and the final Section, III presents the common procedures, diagnostic tests, and lab values. The appendices house additional material on weights and temperatures, common abbreviations, and web resources. In this third edition, all chapters have been updated to reflect new evidence for neonatal nursing care. Additions include oral/nasogastric tube feedings, bottle feedings, high frequency ventilation and new ventilation techniques. There is a new section on Neonatal Abstinence Syndrome and Neonatal Opioid Withdrawal. This book can be used internationally to provide evidence based practice for consistent high-quality care in order to improve neonatal outcomes"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Giuseppe Buonocore, Carlo Valerio Bellieni, editors.
    Contents:
    PART I Delivery and Pain
    Gonadal Hormones and Pain Modulation
    Stress and Pregnancy: CRF as Biochemical Marker
    Pain Control During Labour
    PART II Fetal Pain
    Ultrasound and Fetal Stress: Study of the Fetal Blink-Startle Reflex Evoked by Acoustic Stimuli
    Prenatal Affective Exchanges and Their Subsequent Effects in Postnatal Life
    Pain in the Fetus
    New Insights into Prenatal Stress: Immediate and Long-Term Effects on the Fetus and Their Timing
    PART III Neonatal Pain
    Pain Assessment and Spectral Analysis of Neonatal Crying
    Analgesic Procedures in Newborns
    Nonpharmacological Treatment of Neonatal Pain
    Sensory Saturation: An Analgesic Method
    Pharmacologic Analgesia in the Newborn
    Physical Stress Risk Agents in Incubators
    Fetal surgery analgesia
    PART IV Pain: a Risk Factor for Brain Damage
    Neonatal Stressors
    New Insights into Neonatal Hypersensitivity
    From the Gate-Control Theory to Brain Programs for Neonatal Pain
    PART V Pain and Communication
    Disclosure of Pathology to the Newborn's Family
    Communication of Diagnosis: Pain and Grief in the Experience of Parents of Children with a Congenital Malformation
    Invest in Prenatal Life: A High-Yield Stock.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Alexandra Mancini, Jayne Price, Tara Kerr-Elliott, editors.
    Summary: This textbook details the nursing care of babies with life limiting conditions and sets the context within the philosophy of internationally collaborative neonatal palliative care emphasising emotional and practical support for their families. Currently, increasing interest from nursing and medical fields regarding palliative care for babies in the antenatal and neonatal period is evident. This innovative and unique text provides experienced nurses and student nurses alike with realistic guidance in caring for babies with palliative care needs, alongside the crucial support for their families and identifies important strategies for professional self care. Nursing experts in this field collaborated to develop a reference book which supports holistic and integrated clinical practice. Parents experiences of what they consider helpful or not so helpful are interwoven throughout the chapter. There is currently no other textbook which offers the above information and guidance specifically for nurses and allied health professionals. As such this book will appeal to all nurses and health professionals working within the neonatal palliative care specialty in a global context.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Part I. Achieving Quality Nursing Practice in Neonatal Palliative Care
    Chapter 1. Introduction to Neonatal Palliative Care
    Chapter 2. Exploring the Concept on Neonatal Palliative Care
    Chapter 3. Support for Staff: Building Resilience in Nurses
    Chapter 4. The Importance of Effective Communication on the Neonatal Unit
    Chapter 5. Spiritual, Cultural and Religious Care for the Baby and Family
    Chapter 6. Ethical Concepts in Neonatal Palliative Care
    Chapter 7. Legal Issues in Neonatal Palliative Care
    Chapter 8. The Principles of Genetics within Neonatal Palliative Care
    Chapter 9. Antenatal
    Chapter 10. Care of Twins and Multiple Births and Support for the Family: a Detailed Background
    Chapter 11. Care of Twins and Multiple Births and Support for the Family: the Butterfly Project
    Chapter 12. The Decision-Making Process and the Role of the Neonatal Nurse
    Chapter 13. Advance Care Planning
    Chapter 14. Organ and Tissue Donation within Neonatal Palliative and End of Life Care
    Chapter 15. Continuing Emotional and Practical Support for the Whole Family
    Chapter 16. Fundamental Principles of Effective Symptom Management in Neonatal Palliative Care
    Chapter 17. Collaboration between Neonatal Units and Childrens Hospices
    Exploring Opportunities for Potentially Improving Care and Offering Choices
    Chapter 18. Interdisciplinary Working in Neonatal Palliative Care
    Chapter 19. Developing Knowledge and Competence in Neonatal Palliative Care Practice
    Chapter 20. Care of the Baby after Death and Family, and Focus on Post Mortem Examination
    Part II. Achieving Quality in Neonatal Palliative Care Internationally
    Chapter 21. Introduction
    Chapter 22. Australia
    Chapter 23. Kuwait
    Chapter 24. India
    Chapter 25. Malaysia
    Chapter 26. South Africa
    Chapter 27. Ireland
    Chapter 28. The Netherlands
    Chapter 29. Germany
    Chapter 30. Singapore
    Chapter 31. Ukraine
    Chapter 32. Argentina
    Chapter 33. Italy
    Chapter 34. Scotland
    Chapter 35. France
    Support Organisation
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] James Moore, David P. Carlton, Ira Adams-Chapman.
    Contents:
    Maternal-fetal medicine
    Normal newborn care
    Asphyxia and resuscitation
    Cardiovascular function
    Respiratory function
    Genetics and dysmophism
    Nutrition
    Renal function
    Endocrinology
    Immunology
    Infectious diseases
    Gastroenterology
    Dermatology
    Hematology and oncology
    Neurology
    Development and behavior
    Pediatric surgery
    Basic principles of pharmacology
    Ethics and health services delivery
    Core knowledge in scholarly activities.
    Digital Access AccessPediatrics 2016
  • Digital
    volume editors, Francis B. Mimouni, John N. van den Anker.
    Contents:
    Influence of maturation and growth on drug metabolism from fetal to neonatal to adult life / Lindemalm, S.; van den Anker, J.N.
    How to translate pharmacokinetic data into dosing recommendations / Krekels, E.H.J.; Knibbe, C.A.J.; Pokorna, P.; Tibboel, D.
    Pharmacovigilance in neonatal intensive care / Turner, M.A.; Hill, H.
    Neonatal formulations and additives / Allegaert, K.; Turner, M.A.; van den Anker, J.N.
    Modelling and simulation to support neonatal clinical trials / Khalil, F.M.N.; Loër, S.
    A systematic review of paracetamol and closure of patent ductus arteriosus : are we ready for prime time? / Hammerman, C.; Mimouni, F.B.; Bin-Nun, A.
    Formulation of preterm formula : what's in it, and why? / Mimouni, F.B. Aviv; Mandel, D.; Lubetzky, R.
    Neonatal pharmacotherapy : legal and regulatory issues / Bax, R.; Tomasi, P.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    Steven M. Donn, Mark C. Mammel.
    Summary: This pocket atlas explains how to use pulmonary graphics as a valuable adjunct for patient management. Actual patterns commonly encountered in neonatal practice are presented side-by-side with schematic illustrations that take apart the graphic and identify its key features, accompanied by brief explanatory text. The book addresses the principles of real-time pulmonary graphics, discusses waveforms and loops, and examines how both are affected by mechanical ventilation and disease states. A series of clinical cases brings key points to life.

    Contents:
    1. Principles of Pulmonary Graphics
    2. Intro to Waveforms
    3. Flow Waveform
    4. Pressure Waveform Description Normal Abnormal Overshoot Plateau
    5. Volume Waveform
    6. Changes in Ventilator Settings and Alterations in Scalar Tracings
    7. Pressure-Volume Loop
    8. Flow-Volume Loop
    9. Trend screens
    10. Clinical scenarios
    11. Quiz.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Lamia Soghier and Beverley Robin.
    Summary: Developed by the leading experts in neonatal simulation, this innovative new resource delivers neonatology health care providers and educators essential guidance on designing, developing, and implementing simulation-based neonatal education programs.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2021
  • Digital
    Mario Lima, Olivier Reinberg, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive, up-to-date reference on surgery in the neonate presents and explains the latest developments in the diagnosis and treatment of neonatal malformations and surgical pathologies. The coverage includes conditions involving the head and neck and the chest, disorders of the liver and biliary tract, gastrointestinal disorders, genitourinary conditions and malformations, anterior abdominal wall defects, tumors, and various other pathologies. For each condition, the pathogenesis and the most current and innovative surgical, and also medical, approaches are described with the aid of numerous illustrations. Minimally invasive strategies receive particular attention, and tips and tricks that will be of value in clinical practice are highlighted. The book includes a general part covering topics such as embryology, anatomy, prenatal diagnosis, and anesthesia and also provides detailed advice on pre- and postoperative care, with special consideration of nutritional problems. Neonatal Surgery will serve as an excellent guide for all pediatric and neonatal surgeons, whether in training or experienced.

    Contents:
    What is a neontal surgeon
    General: Perinatal physiology and general clinical characteristics of newborns. Perinatal management and care of surgical neonates (include nutritional support). Anesthesiological considerations: stabilization of the neonate, fluid administration, electrolyte balance, vascular access, ECMO, bronchoscopy, pain in neonates. Imaging in neonates. Training in neonatal surgery and simulation models. Minimal invasive surgery in the neonate
    Head and Neck: Choanal atresia. Facial clefts and Pierre Robin Sequence. Macroglossia. Congenital cysts and sinuses of the neck
    Chest: Congenital thoracic deformities. Mediastinal masses. Pneumothorax and chylothorax. Congenital malformations of the lung. Congenital diaphragmatic hernia. Esophageal atresia and congenital stenosis
    Gastrointestinal: Gastro-esophageal reflux. Hypertrophic pyloric stenosis and other pyloric affections. Gastric volvulus. Intestinal atresias and stenosis. Meconium ileus and peritonitis. Duplications of the alimentary tract. Mesenteric and omental cysts. Necrotizing enterocolitis. Hirschsprung's disease. Anorectal malformations. Congenital pouch colon. Inguinal hernia, cysts, hydroceles. Malrotations and volvulus
    Liver and Biliary Tract: Biliary atresia. Hepatic cysts. Choledocal cyst and congenital biliary dilatation. Anterior Abdominal Wall Defects: Omphalocele and gastroschisis. Omphalomesenteric duct remnants. Bladder exstrophy. Cloacal exstrophy. Prune belly syndrome
    Tumors: General considerations. Teratoma: cervical and sacrococcygeal. Neuroblastoma. Hepatic tumors. Wilms' tumor. Neonatal ovarian tumors
    Genitourinary: Hydronephrosis. Multicystic dysplastic kidney. Vesico-ureteral reflux. Ureteroceles. Posterior urethral valves. Hydrometrocolpos. DSD. Male genital anomalies. Nervous System: Surgical treatment of central nervous system malformations. Congenital CNS tumors
    Miscellaneous: Angioma and vascular tumors. Use of the Vacuum Assisted Closure.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Deborah A. Sesok-Pizzini, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a concise yet comprehensive review of neonatal transfusion medicine. The text covers major areas of the field, including chapters dedicated to pre transfusion testing, manufacturing, standards and storage; blood product administration; special congenital and acquired disorders in the neonate; hemolytic disease of the newborn; intrauterine transfusions; adverse reactions; and ECMO. The volume features contributions from a diverse group of experts in the field and include pathologists, anesthesiologists, neonatologists, a pediatric hematologist and oncologist, and a high-risk obstetrician. These authors contribute their unique expertise and perspectives to the practice of neonatal transfusion medicine and allow the reader to experience an in depth introduction to each of the chapter topics. Neonatal Transfusion Practices is a valuable, go-to reference that addresses some of the more frequent questions asked by clinicians and professionals who have limited exposure to neonatal transfusion practices. .

    Contents:
    Neonatal Transfusion Testing, Manufacturing, Standards and Storage
    Blood Product Administration
    Special Disease Considerations in the Neonate
    Hemolytic Disease of the Fetus and Newborn
    Intrauterine Transfusions
    Adverse Reactions
    Transfusion Considerations for Neonatal Extracoporeal Membrane Oxygenation (ECMO).
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Giuseppe Buonocore, Rodolfo Bracci, Michael Weindling, editors.
    Summary: This landmark book, a reference work now in its second edition, provides healthcare practitioners in neonatology with an up-to-date, comprehensive source of readily accessible practical advice that will assist in the expert management of patients and their diverse illnesses. Leading experts in their fields discuss the underlying causes and mechanisms and all aspects of the treatment of the full range of neonatal diseases and abnormalities, citing the evidence base whenever appropriate. In addition, detailed information is provided on epidemiology and fetal medicine; therapeutic issues such as the organization of care, transport services, and home care after discharge; legal issues; nutrition; and the consequences of medication use during pregnancy, maternal drug abuse and smoking, and maternal diabetes. The inclusion of summaries, tables, and carefully selected guidelines and recommendations will supply practitioners with quick references and instant solutions during daily practice. The book will be a superb resource for all involved in the care of newborn babies, including neonatologists, pediatricians, pediatric surgeons, anesthesiologists, midwives, and nursing staff. It is published within the SpringerReference program, which delivers access to living editions constantly updated through a dynamic peer-review publishing process.

    Contents:
    Acute and Chronic Renal Failure in the Newborn Infant
    Anemia in the Neonatal Period
    Apnea of Prematurity and Sudden Infant Death Syndrome
    Bilirubin Metabolism, Unconjugated Hyperbilirubinemia, and Physiologic Neonatal Jaundice
    Biochemical Basis of Hypoxic-Ischemic Encephalopathy
    Blood Pressure Disorders in the Neonate: Hypotension and Hypertension
    Brain Development and Perinatal Vulnerability to Cerebral Damage
    Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia/Chronic Lung Disease of the Newborn
    Calcium and Phosphorus Homeostasis of Newborns: Pathophysiology
    Cardiac Emergencies in the Newborn
    Cardiovascular Physiology, Pathology, and Clinical Investigation in Neonatal Medicine
    Care of Extremely Low Birth Weight Infants and Timing of Discharge. Information and Psychosocial Intervention in Neonatology.
    Cerebral Hemorrhage in Newborns
    Cerebral Plasticity and Functional Reorganization in Children with Congenital Brain Lesions
    Clinical Aspects and Treatment of the Hypoxic-Ischemic Syndrome
    Coagulation Disorders in Newborns: Clinical Aspects of Platelet Disorders
    Congenital Immunodeficiencies in Newborns
    Congenital Malformations and Syndromes: Early Diagnosis and Prognosis in Neonatal Medicine
    Congenital Malformations of the Brain: Prenatal Diagnosis, Spectrum and Causes
    Continuous Positive Airways Pressure and other Non-Invasive Ventilation Techniques in Newborns
    Control of Breathing in Newborns
    Creactive Protein and Procalcitonin: Reference Intervals in Term and Preterm Newborns
    Development and General Characteristics of Preterm and Term Newborn
    Developmental Pharmacology and Therapeutics in Neonatal Medicine
    Diagnosis and Treatment of Renal and Urinary Tract Malformations in Newborns
    Diagnosis of Fetal Distress
    Disorders of Sexual Development in Newborns
    Early Detection of Neonatal Depression and Asphyxia
    Early Diagnosis of Congenital Heart Disease: When and How to Treat
    Early Markers of Poor Outcome in Neonatal Medicine
    Endocrine Diseases and Disorders of Thyroid Function in Newborns
    Enteral Feeding of the Very Low Birth Weight Infant
    Environment and Early Developmental Care for Newborns
    Epidemiology of Adverse Cerebral Outcome of Newborns
    Epidemiology: Mortality, Morbidity and Follow Up of High Risk Newborns
    Epigenetic Mechanisms
    Esophageal Atresia of Newborns
    Ethical Problems in Neonatal Medicine
    Extracorporeal Membrane Oxygenation for Neonates
    Feeding the Term Infant: Human Milk and Formulas
    Fetal and Neonatal Hydrops
    Fetal Infections: Congenital Syphilis and Tuberculosis
    Fetal Infections: Cytomegalovirus, Herpes Simplex, and Varicella
    Fetal infections: Rubella, HIV, HCV, HBV, and Human Parovirus B19
    Follow-up Outcomes of High Risk Infants
    Fundamentals of Feto-Neonatal Immunology and Its Clinical Relevance
    Gastroenteritis and Intractable Diarrhea in Newborns
    Gastrointestinal Malformations of Newborns
    Guidelines and Protocols for Newborns
    Hematology and Immunology of Newborns: Overview
    Hirschsprung's Disease in Newborns
    Hormones and Gastrointestinal Function of Newborns
    Human Milk and Formulas for Neonatal Nutrition
    In Vitro Fertilization and Multiple Pregnancies
    Inborn Errors of Metabolism and Newborns
    Infants of Diabetic Mothers
    Infants of Smoking Mothers
    Inflammation and Perinatal Brain Injury
    Inflammatory Mediators in Neonatal Asphyxia and Infection
    Intrauterine Growth Restriction: Obstetric and Neonatal Aspects. Intervention Strategies.
    Kernicterus, Bilirubin-Induced Neurological Dysfunction, and New Treatments for Unconjugated Hyperbilirubinemia in Neonates
    Laboratory Medicine: Reference Intervals for Laboratory Tests and Procedures
    Laboratory Medicine: Reference Values and Evidence Based Medicine
    Late Preterm Infants at Risk for Short-Term and Long Term Morbidity and Mortality
    Lung Diseases: Problems of Steroid Treatment of Fetus and Newborn
    Lung Diseases: Surfactant Replacement Therapy in Newborns
    Lung Ultrasounds in Neonatal Diagnostic
    Malformations of Cortical Development in Newborns: Genetic Aspects
    Meconium Aspiration Syndrome
    Meconium Plug Syndrome
    Micronutrients and Vitamins of Newborns
    Molecular Structure of Surfactant: Biochemical Aspects in Newborns
    Necrotizing Enterocolitis of Newborns
    Neonatal Anesthesia
    Neonatal Bacterial and Fungal Infections
    Neonatal Care in the Delivery Room: Initial Management and Approach To Low Risk Newborns
    Neonatal Cholestasis-Conjugated Hyperbilirubinemia
    Neonatal Electroencephalography
    Neonatal Hereditary Neutropenia
    Neonatal Lung Development and Pulmonary Malformations
    Neonatal Malignancies
    Neonatal Orthopedic Surgery
    Neonatal Pain: Neurophysiology, Recognition, Prevention and Management with Non-Pharmacological Interventions
    Neonatal Pulmonary Physiology of Term and Preterm Newborns
    Neonatal Seizures 
    Neonatal Septic Shock
    Neonatal Skin Disorders
    Neonatal Stroke: Clinical Presentation, Imaging, Treatment, and Prognosis
    Neonatal Stroke: Mechanisms
    Neonatal Transport Services
    Neonatal Viral Infections: Enteroviruses and Respiratory Syncytial Virus
    Neonatology and the Law
    Neuroimaging Studies of Newborns
    Neurological Examination of the Newborn Infant 
    Neuromuscular Disorders in Newborns
    Neuroprotective Strategies for Newborns
    Normal and Abnormal Neurodevelopmental and Behavioral Outcomes of Very Low-Birth Weight (VLBW) Infants
    Nutritional Recommendations for the Very Low Birth Weight Newborn
    Ocular Malformations in Newborns
    Organization of Perinatal Care. Training of Doctors and Nurses
    Orofacial Malformations
    Oxygen Saturation Monitoring in Neonatal Period
    Oxygen Toxicity in Newborns
    Parenteral Nutrition of Newborns
    Patent Ductus Arteriosus in Newborns
    Pathologic Unconjugated Hyperbilirubinemia, Isoimmunization, Abnormalities of Red Blood Cells, and Infections
    Pathology and Treatment of Liver Diseases in Newborns
    Pathophysiology of Coagulation and Deficiencies of Coagulation Factors in Newborns
    Pathophysiology of Fetal and Neonatal Kidneys
    Persistent Pulmonary Hypertension of the Newborn and Congenital Diaphragmatic Hernia: Nitric Oxide Therapy in Neonatology
    Physical Environment for Newborns: the Thermal Environment
    Physical Examination of the Newborn
    Physiology and Abnormalities of Leukocytes in Newborns
    Physiology of the Gastrointestinal Tract in Newborns
    Polycythemia and Hyperviscosity in Neonates
    Post-Discharge Nutrition in Preterm Infants
    Prenatal and Postnatal Inflammatory Mechanisms
    Primary Investigations in the Term and Preterm Newborn
    Problems of Discharge and Home Care of Newborns
    Pulmonary Air Leakage in Newborns
    Pulmonary Hemorrhage, Transient Tachypnea and Neonatal Pneumonia
    Quality of Neonatal Intensive Care and Outcome for High Risk Newborn Infants
    Rare Lung Diseases of Newborns
    Rare Surgical Emergencies of Newborns
    Recombinant G-CSF Treatment of Severe Chronic Neutropenia in Neonates and Infants
    Rehydration after Diarrhea in Newborns
    Respiratory Distress Syndrome: Predisposing Factors, Pathophysiology, and Diagnosis
    Resuscitation of the Newborn
    Retinopathy of Prematurity
    Risk Factors for Gestational Diseases
    Risk Management of Newborns
    Safety of Medications During Pregnancy and Breastfeeding: Infants of Drug-Addicted Mothers
    Surfactant Metabolism in Neonatal Lung Diseases
    Surgical Treatment in Newborns of Necrotizing Enterocolitis
    Surgical Treatment of Biliary Tract Malformations in Newborns
    The Fetus at Risk: Chorioamnionitis
    The Process of Decision-Making in Neonatology
    The Thrombotic Risk of the Newborn
    The Timing of Neonatal Brain Damage
    Toxoplasmosis in the Fetus and in the Newborn
    Treatment of Hyperbilirubinemia in Newborns
    Treatment of Respiratory Failure in Newborn: Mechanical Ventilation
    Vaccinations and Neonatal Immunity.- .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] David K. Stevenson, MD, Professor of Pediatrics, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, California, Ronald S. Cohen, MD, Clincal Professor of Pediatrics, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, California, Philip Sunshine, MD, Professor Emeritus of Pediatrics, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, California.
    Summary: "Understand the fundamental principles of neonatology and learn evidence-based care strategies. With coverage that strikes the perfect balance between proven management approaches and fundamental principles, this unique resource combines the benefits of a comprehensive neonatology textbook with a practical procedural guide. You will get a detailed step-by-step instruction on diagnosis, management, and treatment of acute problems of the newborn as organized by organ system, based on the highest level of evidence available, along with a thorough review of topics such as epidemiology, ethics, legal issues in the NICU, monitoring devices, fluid requirements, and enteral nutrition."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access AccessPediatrics 2015
  • Digital
    Jae Hoon Lim, Kee-Taek Jang, Jung Hoon Kim.
    Summary: This book provides a thorough overview of the radiologic and pathologic findings of neoplastic diseases of the biliary tract, a sound knowledge of which is essential for appropriate patient management. A key feature is the correlation of imaging findings with both gross pathologic and histopathologic findings for each disease. This is of the utmost importance in understanding true pathologic abnormalities, bearing in mind, for example, the difficulty in ascertaining disease spread and extent on the basis of pathology alone. Since the first edition of the book, conceptual understanding of neoplastic disease of the bile ducts and cholangiocarcinogenesis has evolved significantly, and in the new edition the classification of diseases is based on the most recent edition of the WHO Classification of Tumors of the Digestive System. In addition, some newly recognized pathologies are covered. The book will enhance understanding of the pathology of neoplastic diseases of the biliary tract and aid imaging interpretation. It will be a great asset for pathologists, radiologists, biliary surgeons, and gastroenterologists.

    Contents:
    1. Anatomy of the Biliary Tract
    2. Bile Duct Cysts
    3. Cystic Neoplasms
    4. Benign Neoplasms of the Bile Ducts
    5. Precursors of Cholangiocarcinoma
    6. Intraductal Papillary Neoplasm of the Bile Ducts
    7. Cholangiocarcinoma
    8. Tumors of the Gallbladder
    9. Tumors of the Ampulla Vater and Duodenal Papilla.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Peter H. Wiernik, Janice P. Dutcher, Morie A. Gertz, editors.
    Summary: The new edition of this textbook integrates the history, epidemiology, pathology, pathophysiology, therapeutics, and supportive care of modern neoplastic hematopathology. Now in its sixth edition, this classic and invaluable text brings together a team of internationally renowned experts and offers in-depth coverage of the complex interface between diagnosis and therapy. The textbook is divided into five major sections, with the first four covering the spectrum of hematologic neoplasia, including chronic leukemias and related disorders, acute leukemias, myeloma and related disorders, and lymphomas, and the fifth section covering a variety of topics in supportive care. Chapters are presented in an accessible and easy-to-read layout, providing updates on the tremendous progress made in the last decade in the understanding of the nature of hematologic malignancies and their treatment. Neoplastic Diseases of the Blood, Sixth Edition is an authoritative and indispensable resource for students, trainees, and clinicians, sure to distinguish itself as the definitive reference on this subject.

    Contents:
    A History of the Chronic Leukemias
    Epidemiology and Etiology of Chronic Myeloid Leukemia
    Pathology of the Chronic Myeloid Leukemias
    Molecular Biology and Cytogenetics of Chronic Myeloid Leukemia
    Diagnosis and Treatment of Chronic Myeloid Leukemia
    Etiology and Epidemiology of CLL
    Morphology and Immunophenotype of CLL
    The Genomic and Epigenomic Landscape of Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia
    Treatment of Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia and Related Disorders
    Hairy Cell Leukemia
    History of Acute Leukemia
    The Etiology of Acute Leukemia
    Epidemiology and Hereditary Aspects of Acute Leukemia
    Classification of the Acute Leukemias: Cytochemical and Morphologic Considerations
    Immunobiology of Acute Leukemia
    Cytogenetics of Acute Leukemia
    Diagnosis and Treatment of Childhood Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
    Diagnosis and Treatment of Adult Acute Lymphocytic Leukemia
    Diagnosis and Treatment of Acute Myeloid Leukemia in Children
    Diagnosis and Treatment of Adult Acute Myeloid Leukemia Other than Acute Promyelocytic Leukemia
    Acute Promyelocytic Leukemia
    Therapy-Related Acute Myelogenous Leukemia
    The Myelodysplastic Syndromes
    History of Multiple Myeloma
    Monoclonal Gammopathy of Undetermined Significance
    Smoldering Multiple Myeloma
    Newly Diagnosed Multiple Myeloma in Frail Patients
    Newly Diagnosed Multiple Myeloma in Transplant Eligible Patients
    Role of Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation for Myeloma
    Solitary Plasmacytomas and Soft-Tissue Involvement in Multiple Myeloma
    Supportive Care in Multiple Myeloma
    POEMS Syndrome
    Waldenstrom's Macroglobulinemia
    Plasma Cell Leukemia
    Prognosis of Myeloma/Genetics of Myeloma
    Immunoglobulin Light Chain Amyloidosis (AL)
    Historical Landmarks in an Understanding of the Lymphomas
    Genetics in Lymphomagenesis
    Epidemiology and Hereditary Aspects of Hodgkin and Non-Hodgkin Lymphomas
    Pathology of Non-Hodgkin and Hodgkin Lymphomas
    Immunology of the Lymphomas
    Cytogenetics of Lymphomas
    Diagnosis and Treatment of Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Radiotherapeutic Management of Lymphomas
    Diagnosis and Treatment of Non-Hodgkin's Lymphoma of Adults
    Non-Hodgkin Lymphoma of Childhood
    Lymphoma in Other Diseases
    Supportive Care for Patients with Leukemia: A Historical Perspective
    Prevention of Infections in Patients with Hematological Malignancies
    Evaluation and Management of Bacterial and Fungal Infections in Patients with a Hematological Malignancy: A 2016 Update
    Viral Infections in Patients with Hematological Malignancies
    Therapeutic Cytapheresis, Plasmapheresis, and Plasma Exchange in Neoplastic Diseases of the Blood
    Red Cell Transfusions in Patients with Hematologic Malignancies
    Platelet and Granulocyte Transition
    Alternative Sources of Hematopoietic Stem Cells and Their Clinical Applications
    HLA Typing in Support of Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation from Unrelated Donors
    Special Care of Blood and Marrow Hematopoietic Cell Transplant Recipient
    Hematopoietic Growth Factors in the Supportive Care and Treatment of Patients with Hematologic Neoplasms
    Bleeding and Thrombosis in Hematologic Neoplasia
    Psychological Aspects of Hematological Neoplasms.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Valentí Rull, Ana Carolina Carnaval, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the patterns of biodiversity in various neotropical ecosystems, as well as a discussion on their historical biogeographies and underlying diversification processes. All chapters were written by prominent researchers in the fields of tropical biology, molecular ecology, climatology, paleoecology, and geography, producing an outstanding collection of essays, synthetic analyses, and novel investigations that describe and improve our understanding of the biodiversity of this unique region. With chapters on the Amazon and Caribbean forests, the Atlantic rainforests, the Andes, the Cerrado savannahs, the Caatinga drylands, the Chaco, and Mesoamerica - along with broad taxonomic coverage - this book summarizes a wide range of hypotheses, views, and methods concerning the processes and mechanisms of neotropical diversification. The range of perspectives presented makes the book a truly comprehensive, state-of-the-art publication on the topic, which will fascinate both scientists and general readers alike.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Part 1. Neotropical diversity and diversification
    Chapter 2. Neotropical diversification: historical overview and conceptual insights
    Chapter 3. Beyond refugia: New insights on Quaternary climate variation and the evolution of biotic diversity in tropical South America
    Chapter 4. Tropical and subtropical in South America: a study of community turnover across environmental gradients
    Chapter 5. Evolutionary macroecology and the geographical patterns of Neotropical diversification
    Chapter 6. Evolutionary imprints on species distribution patterns across the Neotropics
    Chapter 7. Avian diversity in humid tropical and subtropical south American forests, with a discussion about their related climatic and geological underpinnings
    Chapter 8. Contrasting patterns of temporal diversification in Neotropical butterflies: An overview
    Chapter 9. Diatom diversity and biogeography across tropical South America
    Part 2. Regional biodiversity patterns and diversification processes
    Chapter 10. The origin and evolution of Amazonian species diversity
    Chapter 11. Patterns and processes of diversification in Amazonian white sand ecosystems: insights from birds and plants
    Chapter 12. Human contribution to Amazonian plant diversity: legacy of pre-Columbian land use in modern plant communities
    Chapter 13. On the young savannas in the land of ancient forests
    Chapter 14. The diversification of extant Angiosperms in the South America dry diagonal
    Chapter 15. Diversity, endemism, and evolutionary history of montane biotas outside the Andean region
    Chapter 16. Patterns of species and lineage diversity in the Atlantic rainforest of Brazil
    Chapter 17. Diversification in ancient and nutrient-poor Neotropical ecosystems: how geological and climatic buffering have shaped plant diversity in some of the worlds neglected hotspots
    Chapter 18. Bioregions of Eastern Brazil, based on vascular plant occurrence data
    Chapter 1 9. Forests diversity in the Mexican neotropics: A paleocological view
    Chapter 20. Historical biogeography of Caribbean plants revises regional paleogeography
    Part 3. Taxon-based local and regional studies
    Chapter 21. Amphibians and reptiles of Venezuelan Guayana: diversity, biogeography and conservation
    Chapter 22. Origin of elevational replacements in a clade of nearly flightless birds
    most diversity in tropical mountains accumulates via secondary contact following allopatric speciation
    Chapter 23. Clade-specific biogeographic history and climatic niche shifts of the southern Andean-southern Brazilian disjunction in plants
    Chapter 24. Biotic and landscape evolution in an Amazonian contact zone: insights from the herpetofauna of the Tapajós River basin
    Chapter 25. Diversification processes in lizards and snakes from the middle São Francisco River dune region
    Chapter 26. Unexpected beta-diversity radiations in highland clades of Andean Terraranae frogs
    Chapter 27. Disparate patterns of diversification within Liolaemini lizards
    Chapter 28. Diversification history of Neotropical Lecythidaceae, an ecologically dominant tree family of Amazon rain forest
    Part 4. IV. Epilogue
    Chapter 29. Conservation in the Neotropics
    a final reflection.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Luiz Henrique Rosa, editor.
    Summary: This pioneering book focuses on Neotropical endophytic fungi, providing a comprehensive overview of their diversity, ecology, and biotechnological applications in medicine, agriculture, and industry. Despite their rich diversity, the endophytic fungi associated with plants of Central and South American biomes remain largely unknown. The book addresses that knowledge gap by offering insights into Neotropic endophytic fungal community.

    Contents:
    Neotropical endophytic fungi: isolation, diversity, and biogeography of Neotropical endophytic fungi
    Ecology of Neotropical endophytic fungi
    Diversity, ecology and applications of Epichloë fungal endophytes of grasses in South America
    Endophytes from unique ecosystems in Chile: challenge and opportunities for biodiversity and biotechnological applications
    Endophytic fungal community associated with Colombian plants
    Fungal endophytes and bioactive compounds from tropical forests of Costa Rica
    Diversity of endophytic fungi in Brazilian biomes Rupestrian Grasslands, Caatinga, Pampa, and Pantanal
    Endophytic fungi of the Cerrado: Diversity and its role in ecological interactions and environmental conservation
    Endophytic fungi associated with medicinal plants of Amazonian forest
    Endophytic fungi associated with ancient Neotropical plants
    Bioprospecting of Neotropical endophytic fungi in South America applied to medicine
    Bioprospecting of Neotropical endophytic fungi applied to agriculture
    Endophytic fungi associated with Neotropical plants: a source of promising macromolecules for use in biotechnology
    Potential use of Neotropical endophytic fungi in green synthesis of nanoparticles using endophytes
    Bioprospecting of secondary bioactive metabolites produced by endophytic fungi of the medicinal Piper sp. in the Brazilian Tropical Rain Forest
    Diversity of endophytic fungi of Empetrum rubrum Vahl ex Willd (Ericaceae), a medicinal plant from austral South America.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Bernardo Urbani, Manuel Lizarralde, editors.
    Summary: Ethnoprimatology is situated at the intersection between the biological and cultural subfields of anthropology. Research on the interface between human and nonhuman primates has been steadily increasing since 1997, when the term ethnoprimatology was first coined. Although there have been studies on human-nonhuman primate interactions in the tropical Americas, no single comprehensive volume has been published that integrates this information to fully understand it in this region. Eighteen novel chapters written by outstanding scholars with various backgrounds are included in this edited volume. They refer to the complex interconnections between different indigenous peoples with New World monkeys that sympatrically share their ancestral territories. Geographically, the range covers all of the Neotropics, from southern Mexico through northern Argentina. This work includes topics such as primates as prey and food, ethnozoology/ethnoecology, cosmology, narratives about monkeys, uses of primates, monkeys as pets, and ethnoclassification. Multiple views as well as diverse theoretical and methodological approaches are found within the pages. In sum, this is a compendium of ethnoprimatological research that will be prized by anthropologists, ethnobiologists, primatologists, conservationists, and zoologists alike. "This book ... provides a historical benchmark for all subsequent research in ethnoprimatology in the Neotropics and beyond."--Leslie E. Sponsel, University of Hawaii at Mānoa.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    References
    Neotropical Ethnoprimatology: An Introduction
    References
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Contributors
    About the Editors
    Part I: Mesoamerica
    Chapter 1: Perception and Uses of Primates Among Popoluca Indigenous People in Los Tuxtlas, Mexico
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Methods
    1.3 Results
    1.3.1 Cultural and Traditional Aspects About Primates
    1.3.2 Emotive Perceptions About Primates
    1.3.3 Medicinal Use of Primates
    1.3.4 Use of Primates as Pets
    1.3.5 Use of Primates as Food
    1.3.6 Economic Uses and Perceptions About Primates 1.3.7 Perceived Ecological Importance of Primates
    1.3.8 Perceived Abundance and Distribution of Primates
    1.3.9 Perceived Threats to the Conservation of Primates
    1.3.10 Interest in Primate Conservation
    1.4 Discussion
    References
    Chapter 2: Mental State Attribution to Nonhuman Primates and Other Animals by Rural Inhabitants of the Community of Conhuas Near the Calakmul Biosphere Reserve in the Yucatan Peninsula, Mexico
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 The Present Study
    2.3 Results
    2.3.1 The Folk Psychology of Basic Emotions
    2.3.1.1 Anger
    2.3.1.2 Fear
    2.3.1.3 Pain 2.3.1.4 Joy
    2.3.2 The Folk Psychology of Complex Mental States
    2.3.2.1 Thinking, Intelligence, and Deceit
    2.3.2.2 Deceit
    2.4 Discussion
    2.5 Acknowledgments
    Appendix 1: Sociodemographic Information of Participants
    Appendix 2: List of Animal Cards Shown to Participants
    References
    Chapter 3: Local Knowledge and Cultural Significance of Primates (Ateles geoffroyi and Alouatta pigra) Among Lacandon Maya from Chiapas, Mexico
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 The Lacandon Maya from Naha and Metzabok and Their Environment
    3.2.1 The Lacandon
    3.2.2 The Lacandon Environment 3.3 Monkeys in the Ancient Maya
    3.3.1 The Origin of Monkeys
    3.3.2 The Monkey: Lord of Writing
    3.3.3 Monkeys as Wahyis (Powerful Supernatural Spirits)
    3.3.4 Monkey-Cacao (Chocolate) Associations
    3.3.5 Primate Representations in the Archaeological Record
    3.4 Current Local Knowledge and Cultural Significance of Non-human Primates
    3.5 Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 4: Representation and Signification of Primates in Maya-Q'eqchi' Cosmovision and Implications for Their Conservation in Northwestern Guatemala
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Study Area 4.3 Primates and Our Participatory Conservation Work
    4.4 Representation and Signification of Primates in Maya-Q'eqchi' Culture and Cosmovision
    4.4.1 Origin of Primates
    4.4.2 Family Lineages, Surnames, and Proper Names
    4.4.3 Sacred Mayan Calendar and the Nahual B'atz'
    4.4.4 Art
    4.4.5 Language
    4.4.6 Uses and Attitudes
    4.5 Implications for Primate and Habitat Conservation
    4.6 Final Considerations
    References
    Part II: South America
    Chapter 5: Ethnoprimatology of the Tikuna in the Southern Colombian Amazon
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 The Tikuna
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Fabio Prezoto, Fabio Santos Nascimento, Bruno Corrêa Barbosa, Alexandre Somavilla, editors.
    Summary: This book provides updated information on this intriguing and exciting group of insects: Neotropical Social Wasps. These insects have a particular biology and their colonies are formed by a few cooperative females living in either small or massive, structured nests where stinging individuals organize their activities and defend their offspring. Topics include evolutionary aspects, biogeography, post-embryonic development, community behavior and ecology, economic importance, and research methods.

    Contents:
    A Brief Review Of Studies On Social Wasps In Brazil
    The Evolution of Swarm Founding in the Wasps: Possible Scenarios
    The foraging behaviour of neotropical social wasps
    The choice of sexual partner in social wasps
    Nesting Habits of Neotropical Social Wasps
    Castes and polymorphisms in neotropical social wasps
    The biology of swarm-founding epiponine wasp, Polybia paulsita
    Causes and consequences of reproductive conflicts in wasp societies
    Post-embryonic Development in Brazilian Social Wasps
    Evolution and adaptation of the wings and mandibles of neotropical social wasps
    Cuticular hydrocarbon studies in Neotropical Social Wasps
    Biogeographic hypotheses for the Neotropical Social Wasps
    Chromosome diversity and evolution in Neotropical social wasps
    Phylogeny and classification of the Neotropical social wasps
    List of species of social wasps from Brazil
    The Old-World versus New-World social wasps: Similarities, differences and threats
    Key to the genera of social wasps (Polistinae) occurring in Brazil
    Research techniques used in the study of social wasps
    Community ecology of social wasps in Brazil: Forty years of studies
    lnteractions between wasps and other animals: associations and natural enemies
    Interactions of social wasps with microorganisms
    Artificial Environments for Studying Eusocial Wasps
    Economic importance of Neotropical Social Wasps.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Mary Qiu, editor.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive overview of neovascular glaucoma (NVG), which is an extraordinarily aggressive type of secondary glaucoma that has often been discussed as an afterthought rather than the focal subject in glaucoma reference books. NVG is considered an end stage complication in patients with certain underlying retinal diseases, most commonly diabetic retinopathy and retinal vein occlusions. Historically, NVG has been one of the most difficult types of glaucoma to manage, with a high failure rate for traditional glaucoma surgery, and often progression of the underlying retinal disease despite "standard of care" treatment. Chapters cover advancements made in recent years in the management of the underlying ischemic retinal conditions that lead to NVG, including the use of anti-vascular endothelial growth factor (anti-VEGF) medications. Additionally, chapters discuss glaucoma surgeries, which have become less invasive in recent years with the advent of microinvasive glaucoma surgery (MIGS). This book offers an up-to-date reference regarding current concepts in the diagnosis, as well as medical, laser, and surgical treatment of NVG in the anti-VEGF era, with attention to the close collaboration between glaucoma specialists and retina specialists. Neovascular Glaucoma - Current Concepts in Diagnosis and Treatment will change the way ophthalmologists manage NVG, ensuring patients better outcomes. It is a must-have resource for ophthalmologists worldwide.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] William Oh, Michel Baum ; consulting editor, Richard A. Polin.
    Contents:
    Section 1. Foreword. Water flux and amniotic fluid volume: understanding fetal water flow
    Body composition of fetus and newborn
    Potassium metabolism
    Section B. Renal aspects of sodium metabolism in the fetus and neonate
    Perinatal calcium and phosphorus metabolism
    Acid-base homeostasis in the fetus
    Section C. Glomerular filtration rate in neonates
    Section D. Renal development and molecular pathogenesis of renal dysplasia
    The developing kidney and the fetal origins of adult cardiovascular disease
    Fluid and electrolyte management of high risk infants
    Renal modulation: the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system
    Renal modulation: arginine vasopressin and atrial natriuretic peptide
    Acute problems of prematurity: balancing fluid volume and electrolyte replacements in very low birth weight and extremely low birth weight neonates
    Lung fluid balance in developing lungs and its role in neonatal transition - Use of diuretics in the newborn
    Neonatal hypertension: diagnosis and management
    Edema
    Kidney injury in the neonate
    Hereditary tubulopathies
    Inherited disorders of calcium, phosphate and magnesium.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Claudio Ronco.
    Summary: "Kidney disease is frequently described as a public health problem. This book will unpack what we mean by "public health" and by "taking a public health approach." We will consider the global burden of kidney diseases and their determinants, with a focus on chronic kidney disease"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Karger 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Edgar V. Lerma, Matthew A. Sparks, Joel Michels Topf.
    Contents:
    Part I. Patient assessment. History and physical diagnosis
    Urinalysis
    Measurement of GFR
    Imaging techniques
    Renal biopsy
    Part II. Acute kidney injury. Epidemiology, etiology, pathophysiology and diagnosis
    Management options: CRRT
    Hepatorenal syndrome
    Cardiorenal syndrome
    Medications
    Sepsis
    Rhabdomyolysis
    Tumor lysis syndrome
    Contrast-induced nephropathy
    Acute glomerulonephritis and RPGN
    Nephrotic syndrome
    Obstructive uropathy
    Nephrolithiasis
    Part III. Chronic kidney disease. Epidemiology, etiology, pathophysiology and staging
    Anemia in chronic kidney disease
    Renal osteodystrophy
    Cardiovascular disease
    Hyperlipidemia
    Nutrition
    Management of the patient with progressive renal failure
    Drug dosing in patients with CKD
    Part IV. Primary glomerular disorders. Minimal change disease
    Focal segmental glomerulosclerosis
    Membranous nephropathy
    IgA nephropathy and Henoch Schonlein disease
    Membranoproliferative glomerulonephritis
    Part V. Secondary glomerular disorders. Diabetic nephropathy
    Lupus nephritis
    Dysproteinemias or light chain diseases
    Vascultides
    Thrombotic microangiopathies
    Part VI. Infection associated glomeruleonephritides. Post-infectious glomereulonephritis
    Viral hepatitis-associated glomerulonephritis
    HIV-associated renal disorders
    Part VII. Other renal parenchymal diseases. Fabry disease
    Cystic diseases of the kidneys
    Other hereditary renal disorders
    Tubulointerstitial diseases
    Urinary tract infections
    Renal neoplasias
    Part VIII. Renal diseases in special populations. Renal disease and hypertension in pregnancy
    Sickle cell nephropathy
    Renal disease in the elderly
    Part IX. Treatment options. Hemodialysis
    Home dialysis
    Peritoneal dialysis
    Therapeutic plasma exchange (plasmapheresis)
    Part X. Transplantation. Epidemiology and outcomes
    Donor and recipient evaluation
    Immunosuppression
    Rejection of the renal transplant
    Post-transplant malignancies
    Post-transplant infections
    Primary care of the renal transplant patient
    Part XI. Hypertension. Primary hypertension
    Renal parenchymal hypertension
    Renovascular disease
    Endocrine hypertension
    Other forms of secondary hypertension
    Renal diseases in African-Americans
    Resistant hypertension
    Hypertensive emergencies
    Pharmacologic treatment of hypertension
    Non-pharmacologic treatment of hypertension
    Part XII. Acid-base and electrolyte disorders. Volume disorders
    Genetic disorders of Na transport
    Hyponatremia and hypernatremia
    Hypokalemia and hyperkalemia
    Hypocalcemia and hypercalcemia
    Disorders of phosphorus metabolism
    Disorders of magnesium metabolism
    Metabolic acidosis
    Metabolic alkalosis
    Part XIII. Onconephrology.
    Part XIV. Palliative care nephrology.
    Part XV. Nephrology beginnings.
    Part XVI. Nephrology trivia.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    José A. Moura-Neto, José Carolino Divino-Filho, Claudio Ronco, editors.
    Summary: This book presents contributions from leading international experts in the field of nephrology. Each chapter is independent and discusses nephrology in the authors country, including the history of nephrology development, kidney disease epidemiology, clinical nephrology, dialysis practice in acute and chronic renal failure settings (hemodialysis, hemodiafiltration, peritoneal dialysis), pediatric nephrology, and kidney transplantation. In addition, the book covers topics such as the job market for nephrologists, reimbursement, nephrology education, and the number of professionals in the private and public sectors. With 53 chapters and more than 300 authors from all continents offering a unique perspective on nephrology practice, it provides a much-needed information source for nephrologists around the globe. The reader will be able to travel through Nephrology Worldwide, a pleasant reading experience with not only relevant information and updated data, but also a comprehensive look at the history, countries peculiarities, and a critical analysis of the scenario of nephrology and renal replacement therapy. A valuable resource for healthcare professionals and other stakeholders interested in learning about the status quo of Nephrology Worldwide. Both the failings and the successes are outlined in a way that should make this book a compelling read, not just for the well-informed renal physician, but also for planners and policy makers whose thinking and actions are integral to the way we practice medicine. Sir Peter J. Ratcliffe, Nephrologist and 2019 Nobel Prize Winner.

    Contents:
    Nephrology Worldwide: the Vision, the Project, and the Mission
    Nephrology Worldwide: a Perspective from the International Society of Nephrology
    Nephrology in the Democratic Republic of the Congo
    Nephrology in Ethiopia
    Nephrology in Nigeria
    Nephrology in South Africa
    Nephrology in Uganda
    Nephrology in Canada
    Nephrology in Mexico
    Nephrology in the United States of America
    Nephrology in Cuba
    Nephrology in Argentina
    Nephrology in Bolivia
    Nephrology in Brazil
    Nephrology in Chile
    Nephrology in Uruguay
    Nephrology in Venezuela
    Nephrology in Bangladesh
    Nephrology in India
    Nephrology in Pakistan
    Nephrology in China
    Nephrology in Japan
    Nephrology in Cambodia
    Nephrology in Indonesia
    Nephrology in Malaysia
    Nephrology in Singapore
    Nephrology in Thailand
    Nephrology in Iran
    Nephrology in Israel
    Nephrology in the Sultanate of Oman
    Nephrology in Saudi Arabia
    Nephrology in Turkey
    Nephrology in United Arab Emirates
    Nephrology in Albania
    Nephrology in Bulgaria
    Nephrology in Croatia
    Nephrology in the Czech Republic
    Nephrology in Poland
    Nephrology in Russia
    Nephrology in Ukraine
    Nephrology in Denmark
    Nephrology in France
    Nephrology in Greece
    Nephrology in Italy
    Nephrology in Ireland
    Nephrology in the Netherlands
    Nephrology in Portugal
    Nephrology in the United Kingdom
    Nephrology in Spain
    Nephrology in Sweden
    Nephrology in Switzerland
    Nephrology in Australia
    Nephrology in New Zealand.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editors Kiyoshige Ohseto, Hiroyuki Uchino, Hiroki Iida.
    Summary: This book provides physicians practicing at pain management clinics with comprehensive explanations of interventional therapeutic procedures including nerve blockade, as well as pharmacotherapy. Interventional therapeutic procedures including nerve blockade are categorized by devices into landmark ("blind"), X-ray-guided, ultrasound-guided, CT-guided, MR-guided, and endoscopic techniques. In this book, each chapter introduces one type of nerve blockade procedure that involves several different devices. The authors describe the pros and cons of each technique and make recommendations for the best devices to use. This book will also help anesthesiologists and other physicians to improve their treatment techniques.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Amgad S. Hanna.
    Summary: This book addresses the severe knowledge deficit in peripheral nerve amongst neurosurgeons, however this topic represents an integral part of the oral board examination. The book employs a case based approach with the highest-yield scenarios for oral boards, primarily focusing on nerve entrapments, trauma and tumors. Thanks to its question and answer format, the reader is encouraged to think about the cases and questions as if taking the real exam before they check the answers. The work also includes common pitfalls, a section on nerve examinations including video recordings, and a section on important clinical findings that should be diagnosed from the picture. The book not only serves neurosurgeons, but also plastic surgeons, orthopedists, and neurologists.

    Contents:
    Front Matter
    Nerve Cases
    Front Matter
    Case I: Hand Weakness 1
    Case II: Shoulder Weakness 1
    Case III: Foot Drop 1
    Case IV: Foot Drop 2
    Case V: Tumor 1
    Case VI: Shoulder Pain
    Case VII: Tumor 2
    Case VIII: Trauma 1
    Case IX: Trauma 2
    Case X: Hand Pain
    Case XI: Shoulder Weakness 2
    Case XII: Tumor 3
    Case XIII: Thigh Pain 1
    Case XIV: Hand Weakness 2
    Case XV: Hand Weakness 3
    Case XVI: Arm Pain
    Case XVII: Hand Weakness 4
    Case XVIII: Thigh Pain 2
    Case IX: Trauma 3
    Case XX: Foot Pain
    Case XXI: Forearm Pain
    Case XXII: Thigh Weakness
    Examination
    Front Matter
    Examination of the Upper Limb
    Examination of the Lower Limb
    Instant Pattern Recognition
    Front Matter
    Sight Diagnosis
    Back Matter.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Susan E. Mackinnon ; contributing editor, Andrew Yee.
    Summary: Representing the treatment and management philosophy of Dr. Susan Mackinnon, Nerve Surgery provides extensive coverage of innovative surgical options as well as guidance on the management of complicated compression neuropathies. In addition to detailed information on tried-and-true as well as cutting-edge surgical techniques, it contains chapters on the basic principles of nerve surgery, such as Anatomy and Physiology for the Peripheral Nerve Surgeon and Evaluation of the Patient with Nerve Injury or Nerve Compression. Key Features: More than 850 compelling full-color figures and photographs demonstrate key concepts, Videos narrated by Dr. Mackinnon are available online, Coverage of important conditions that can be treated non-operatively, such as neurogenic thoracic outlet syndrome and multilevel compression neuropathy, Strategies and secondary procedures for failed nerve surgeries, Dr. Mackinnon provides tips on how she manages complicated pain problems. This book is a core reference for all plastic surgeons, neurosurgeons, orthopedic surgeons, hand surgeons, residents, and allied health specialists treating patients with nerve injuries.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Anatomy and Physiology for the Peripheral Nerve Surgeon
    Chapter 2: Evaluation of the Patient with Nerve Injury or Nerve Compression
    Chapter 3: The Electrodiagnostic Examination with Peripheral Nerve Injuries
    Chapter 4: Nerve Repair and Grafting
    Chapter 5: Nerve Transfer for the Forearm and Hand
    Chapter 6: Nerve Transfer Procedures for Tetraplegia
    Chapter 7: Nerve Autograft Substitutes: Conduits and Processed Allografts
    Chapter 8: Peripheral Nerve Allotransplantation
    Chapter 9: Median Nerve Entrapment and Injury
    Chapter 10: Ulnar Nerve Entrapment and Injury
    Chapter 11: Radial Nerve Entrapment and Injury
    Chapter 12: Thoracic Outlet Syndrome
    Chapter 13: Injury and Compression Neuropathy in the Lower Extremity
    Chapter 14: Brachial Plexus Injuries
    Chapter 15: Obstetrical Brachial Plexus Palsy
    Chapter 16: Facial Nerve Injury
    Chapter 17: Tendon Transfers for Functional Reconstruction
    Chapter 18: Tumors of the Peripheral Nervous System
    Chapter 19: Surgical Management of Chronic Headaches, Migraines, and Neuralgias
    Chapter 20: Painful Sequelae of Peripheral Nerve Injuries.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    Summary: Site is designed to teach human anatomy to students of the health professions, and to serve to review anatomy for clinical rotations and USMLE preparation.
    Digital Access Sch Educ Syst Website
  • Digital
    Summary: Site is designed to teach human anatomy to students of the health professions, and to serve to review anatomy for clinical rotations and USMLE preparation.
    Digital Access Sch Educ Syst Website
  • Digital
    Frank H. Netter ; contributing illustrator and art lead editor, Carlos A.G. Machado ; terminology content lead editors, Paul E. Neumann, R. Shane Tubbs ; electronic content lead editors, Brion Benninger, Todd M. Hoagland ; educational content editors, Jennifer K. Brueckner-Collins, Martha Johnson Gdowski, Virginia T. Lyons, Peter J. Ward ; emeritus editor, John T. Hansen.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Head and neck
    Back
    Thorax
    Abdomen
    Pelvis
    Upper limb
    Lower limb
    Plate pearls
    Study guides.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    C. Richard Conti.
    Summary: View the cardiovascular system as only Netter images can depict it. This spectacularly illustrated volume, part of the masterwork known as the Netter (CIBA) "Green Books," provides a highly visual guide to the heart, from basic science, anatomy, and physiology to pathology and injury. This classic Netter reference has been updated to mirror the many exciting advances in cardiovascular medicine and imaging - offering unparalleled insights into anatomy, physiology, and clinical conditions. Gain a rich clinical view of all aspects of the cardiovascular system in one comprehensive volume, conveyed through beautiful illustrations and radiologic images. Clearly see the connection between basic science and clinical practice with an integrated overview of normal structure and function as it relates to pathologic conditions. Grasp current clinical concepts regarding development, pediatrics, and adult medicine captured in classic Netter illustrations, as well as new illustrations created by artist-physician Carlos Machado, MD, and others working in the Netter style. Quickly understand complex topics thanks to a concise text-atlas format that provides a context bridge between primary and specialized medicine. Benefit from matchless Netter illustrations that offer precision, clarity, detail and realism as they provide a visual approach to the clinical presentation and care of the patient.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Anatomy
    Section 2: Physiology
    Section 3: Imaging
    Section 4: Embryology
    Section 5: Congenital Heart Disease
    Section 6: Acquired Heart Disease.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2014
  • Digital
    David L. Felten, M. Kerry O'Banion, Mary Summo Maida; illustrations by Frank H. Netter ; contributing illustrators, James A. Perkins, Carlos A.G. Machado, John A. Craig.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    edited by George A. Stouffer, Marschall S. Runge, Cam Patterson, Joseph S. Rossi ; illustrations by Frank H. Netter ; contributing illustrations, Carlos A.G. Machado [and 6 others].
    Summary: "Perfect for residents, generalists, anesthesiologists, emergency department physicians, medical students, nurses, and other healthcare professionals who need a practical, working knowledge of cardiology, Netter's Cardiology, 3rd Edition, provides a concise overview of cardiovascular disease highlighted by unique, memorable Netter illustrations. This superb visual resource showcases the well-known work of Frank H. Netter, MD, and his successor, Carlos Machado, MD, a cardiologist who has created clear, full-color illustrations in the Netter tradition. New features and all-new chapters keep you up to date with the latest information in the field"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section I: Introduction. Basic anatomy and embryology of the heart
    The history and physical examination
    Genetics in cardiovascular disease
    Effects of exercise on cardiovascular health
    Cardiovascular epidemiology and risk prediction models
    Stem cell therapies for cardiovascular disease
    Section II: Diagnostic testing. Electrocardiography
    Chest radiography
    Echocardiography
    Stress testing and nuclear imaging
    Cardiac computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging
    Diagnostic coronary angiography
    Left and right heart catheterization
    Section III: Vascular biology and risk factors for coronary artery disease. Atherosclerosis and angiogenesis
    Hypertension
    Lipid abnormalities
    Diabetes and cardiovascular events
    Cardiovascular effects of air pollutants
    Section IV: Coronary heart disease. Stable coronary artery disease
    Non-ST-elevation myocardial infarction
    ST-elevation myocardial infarction
    Percutaneous coronary intervention
    Coronary artery bypass surgery
    Cardiogenic shock after myocardial infarction and percutaneous support devices
    Congenital coronary anomalies
    Coronary hemodynamics and FFR
    Section V: Myocardial diseases and cardiomyopathy. epidemiology of congestive heart failure- HFpEF and HFrEF. Management of acute heart failure
    Management of chronic heart failure
    Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Restrictive cardiomyopathy
    Hereditary cardiomyopathies
    Myocarditis
    Cardiac transplantation and mechanical circulatory support devices
    Stress-induced cardiomyopathy
    Section VI: Cardiac rhythm abnormalities. Bradyarrhythmias
    Supraventricular tachycardia
    Atrial fibrillation- rate vs. Rhythm
    Atrial fibrillation- stroke prevention
    Atrial fibrillation- ablation techniques
    Ventricular tachycardia
    Sudden cardiac death
    Syncope
    Cardiac pacemakers and defibrillators
    Section VII: Valvular heart disease. Aortic valve disease
    Mitral valve disease
    Cardiovascular manifestations of rheumatic fever
    Tricuspid and pulmonic valve disease
    Infective endocarditis
    Surgical treatment of valvular heart disease
    Section VIII: Structural heart disease. Clinical presentation of adults with congenital heart disease
    Catheter-based therapies for adult congenital heart disease
    Surgical interventions for congenital heart disease
    Transcatheter aortic valve replacement
    Transcatheter mitral valve repair
    Section IX: Pericardial diseases. Pericardial disease: clinical features and treatment
    Pericardial disease: diagnosis and hemodynamics
    Section X: Peripheral vascular disease. Renovascular hypertension and renal denervation
    Interventional approaches for peripheral arterial disease
    Surgery for peripheral vascular diseases
    Carotid artery revascularization
    Diseases of the aorta
    Deep vein thrombosis and pulmonary embolism
    Section XI: Cardiac considerations in specific populations and systemic diseases. Cardiovascular disease in pregnancy
    Neuromuscular diseases and the heart
    Cardiovascular manifestations of endocrine diseases
    Connective tissue diseases and the heart
    Cardiac tumors and cardio-oncology
    Pulmonary hypertension
    HIV and the heart
    Sleep disorders and the cardiovascular system
    Cardiovascular disease in women
    Cardiovascular disease in the elderly.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] John T. Hansen ; illustrations by Frank H. Netter ; contributing illustrators, Carlos A.G. Machado, John A. Craig, James A. Perkins, Kristen Wienandt Marzejon, Tiffany S. DaVanzo.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    Edward C. Weber, Joel A. Vilensky, Stephen W. Carmichael, Kenneth S. Lee ; illustrations by Frank H. Netter ; contributing illustrator, Carlos A.G. Machado.
    Summary: "Designed to make learning more interesting and clinically meaningful, Netter's Concise Radiologic Anatomy matches radiologic images--from MR and ultrasound to CT and advanced imaging reconstructions--to the exquisite artwork of master medical illustrator Frank H. Netter, MD. As a companion to the bestselling Netter's Atlas of Human Anatomy, this updated medical textbook begins with the anatomy and matches radiologic images to the anatomic images; the result is a concise, visual guide that shows how advanced diagnostic imaging is an amazing "dissection tool" for viewing human anatomy in the living patient"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Head and neck
    Back and spinal cord
    Thorax
    Abdomen
    Pelvis and perineum
    Upper limb
    Lower limb.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    volume editors, Thomas C. Lee, Srinivasan Mukundan, Jr. ; illustrations by Frank H. Netter, contributing illustrators, Tiffany Slaybaugh DaVanzo, Carlos Machado.
    Contents:
    Overview of brain
    Brain
    Thalamus and basal ganglia
    Limbic system
    Brainstem and cranial nerves
    Ventricles and cerebrospinal fluid cisterns
    Sella turcica
    Overview of head and neck
    Paranasal sinuses
    Orbits
    Mandible, muscles of mastication
    Temporal bone (middle ear, cochlea, vestibular system)
    Oral cavity, pharynx, and suprahyoid neck
    Hypopharynx, larynx, and infrahyoid neck
    Overview of spine
    Spine.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Digital
    William K. Ovalle and Patrick C. Nahirney ; illustrations by Frank H. Netter, contributing illustrators, Joe Chovan [and three others].
    Contents:
    The cell
    Epithelium and exocrine glands
    Connective tissue
    Muscle tissue
    Nervous tissue
    Cartilage and bone
    Blood and bone marrow
    Cardiovascular system
    Lymphoid system
    Endocrine system
    Integumentary system
    Upper digestive system
    Lower digestive system
    Liver, gallbladder, and exocrine pancreas
    Respiratory system
    Urinary system
    Male reproductive system
    Female reproductive system
    Eye and adnexa
    Special senses.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    Susan E. Mulroney and Adam K. Myers ; illustrations by Frank H. Netter; contributing illustrators, Carlos A. G. Machado, John A. Craig, James A. Perkins.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Martin H. Floch, C. S. Pitchumoni, Neil R. Floch, James S. Scolapio, Joseph K. Lim ; illustrations by Frank H. Netter ; contributing illustrators, Carlos A.G. Machado [and six others].
    Contents:
    Section I: Esophagus
    GERD
    Section II: Stomach and duodenum
    Section III: Abdominal wall
    Section IV: Small intestine
    Section V: Colon, rectum, and anus
    Section VI: Infectious and parasitic diseases of the alimentary tract
    Section VII: Pancreas
    Section VIII: Gallbladder and bile ducts
    Section IX: Liver
    Section X: Nutrition and gastrointestinal disease.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Neil S. Norton ; Illustrations by Frank H. Netter ; contributing illustrators, Carlos A.G. Machado, MD [and six others].
    Contents:
    Development of the head and neck
    Osteology
    Basic neuroanatomy and cranial nerves
    The neck
    Scalp and muscles of facial expression
    Parotid bed and gland
    Temporal and infratemporal fossae
    Muscles of mastication
    Temporomandibular joint
    Pterygopalatine fossa
    Nose and nasal cavity
    Paranasal sinuses
    Oral cavity
    Tongue
    Pharynx
    Larynx
    Cervical fascia
    Ear
    Eye and orbit
    Autonomics of the head and neck
    Intraoral injections
    Introduction to the upper limb, back, thorax, and abdomen.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Elaine C. Jong, Dennis L. Stevens; illustrations by Frank H. Netter; contributing illustrators, Carlos A.G. Machado [and five others].
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital/Print
    editors, Jayashri Srinivasan, Claudia J. Chaves, Brian J. Scott, Juan E. Small ; illustrations by Frank H. Netter ; contributing illustrators, Carlos A.G. Machado, John A. Craig, Tiffany Slaybaugh Davanzo, James A. Perkins, Anita Impagliazzo.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC358.8 .N477 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Roger P. Smith ; illustrations by Frank H. Netter ; contributing illustrators, Carlos A.G. Machado, John A. Craig, Kristen Wienandt Marzejon, Joe Chovan, James A. Perkins, Tiffany S. DaVanzo.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Joshua A. Cleland, PT, DPT, PhD, Shane Koppenhaver, PT.PhD, Jonathan Su, PT, DPT, LMT ; illustrations by Frank H. Netter ; contributing illustrators, Carlos A.G. Machado, MD, John A. Craig, MD.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    editors, Christopher C. Madden, Margot Putukian, Eric C. McCarty, Craig Young ; illustrations by Frank H. Netter ; contributing illustrators, Carlos A. G. Machado, John A. Craig, Kristen Wienandt Marzejon, Tiffany S. DaVanzo, James A. Perkins.
    Contents:
    The team physician
    The certified athletic trainer and the athletic training room
    The preparticipation physical evaluation
    Sideline preparedness and emergencies
    Sports nutrition
    Sports supplements
    Sports pharmacology of pain and inflammation control in athletes
    Sports pharmacology of chronic disease
    Sports pharmacology of psychiatry and behavioral medicine
    The pediatric athlete
    The high school athlete : setting up a high school sports medicine program
    The female athlete
    The senior athlete
    The athlete with physical disability
    Care of athletes at different levels : from pee-wee to professional
    The wilderness athlete and adventurer
    Exercise prescription and physiology
    Aerobic training
    Resistance training
    Flexibility
    Exercise in the heat and heat illness
    Exercise in the cold and cold injuries
    Altitude training and competition
    Travel considerations for the athlete and sports medical team
    The role of sport psychology and sports psychiatry
    Drugs and doping in athletes
    Eating disorders in athletes
    Overtraining
    Infections in athletes
    Gastrointestinal problems
    Hematologic problems in the athlete
    Renal and genitourinary problems
    The athlete with diabetes
    ECG interpretation in athletes
    Cardiac disease in athletes
    The hypertensive athlete
    Exercise-induced bronchoconstriction, urticaria, and anaphylaxis
    Neurologic problems in the athlete
    Headache in the athlete
    Skin problems in the athlete
    Connective tissue diseases and rheumatologic problems in athletes
    Musculoskeletal injuries in sports
    Comprehensive rehabilitation of the athlete
    Physical modalities in sports medicine
    Head injuries
    Neck injuries
    Eye injuries
    Maxillofacial injuries
    Shoulder injuries
    Elbow injuries
    Hand and wrist injuries
    Thorax and abdominal injuries
    Thoracic and lumbosacral spine injuries
    Pelvis, hip, and thigh injuries
    Knee injuries
    Ankle and leg injuries
    Cartilage problems in sports
    Acute fractures and dislocations in athletes
    Stress fractures
    Foot problems
    Taping and bracing
    Injections in the athlete
    Diagnostic imaging in sports medicine
    Sports ultrasound
    Injury prevention protocols
    Football
    Soccer
    Rugby
    Lacrosse
    Field hockey
    Ultimate frisbee
    Basketball
    Volleyball
    Baseball
    Softball
    Tennis
    Alpine skiing
    Cross-country skiing
    Snowboarding
    Ice hockey
    Ice skating (figure skating and speed skating)
    Swimming and diving
    Scuba diving
    Sailing
    Rowing
    Martial arts
    Boxing
    Wrestling
    Mixed martial arts
    Gymnastics
    Cheerleading
    Dance
    Track and field
    Road biking
    Mountain biking
    Inline skating, skateboarding, and bicycle motocross
    Mass participation endurance events
    Ultraendurance and adventure racing and events
    Rock climbing
    Rodeo and equestrian sports
    The extreme athlete
    Esports.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    [edited by] Conor P Delaney ; illustrations by Frank H. Netter ; contributing illustrators, Carlos A.G. Machado, Kristen Wienandt Marzejon, James A. Perkins, John A. Craig, Paul Kim, Sara M. Jarret.
    Summary: "Netter's Surgical Anatomy and Approaches, 2nd Edition, provides a clear overview of the exposures, incision sites, surgically relevant landmarks, structures, fascial planes, and common anatomical variants relevant to general surgical operative procedures. Whether used in class, in the lab while learning anatomy, or in the operating room as a trusted reference, this highly visual resource presents unmatched surgical anatomy illustrations by world-renowned surgeon-artist, Frank H. Netter, MD, and new illustrations created in the Netter tradition, as well as surgical exposures, intraoperative photographs, and radiologic imaging"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Selective (supraomohyoid) neck dissection, levels I-III
    Tracheostomy
    Thyroidectomy and parathyroidectomy
    Laparoscopic adrenalectomy
    Esophagectomy
    Minimally invasive antireflux surgery
    Truncal and selective vagotomy
    Gastrectomy
    Gastric emptying procedures
    Roux-en-y gastric bypass and sleeve gastrectomy
    Surgical management of achalasia
    Cholecystectomy
    Common bile duct surgery and choledochoduodenostomy
    Hepatectomy
    Distal pancreatectomy
    Pancreatoduodenectomy
    Splenectomy
    Liver transplantation
    Living donor liver transplantation
    Intestinal and multivisceral transplantation
    Kidney transplantation
    Pancreas and kidney transplantation
    Laparoscopic donor nephrectomy
    Deceased donor organ recovery
    Appendectomy
    Abdominal wall marking and stoma site selection
    Right colectomy
    Left and sigmoid colectomy
    Transverse colectomy
    Low anterior resection with total mesorectal excision and anastomosis
    Abdominoperineal resection
    Hemorrhoids and hemorrhoidectomy
    Perianal abscess and fistula in ano
    Suture rectopexy and ventral mesh rectopexy
    Ileal pouch anal anastomosis
    Sphincter repair and sacral neuromodulation
    Laparoscopic inguinal hernia repair
    Surgical approach to chronic groin pain following inguinal hernia repairs
    Open flank and lumbar hernia repair
    Open retromuscular hernia repair
    Carotid endarterectomy
    Carotid subclavian bypass/transposition and vertebral transposition
    Aortic aneurysm repair and thoracoabdominal aneurysm repair
    Visceral bypass
    Radiocephalic, brachiocephalic, and brachiobasilic fistula
    Femoral endarterectomy and femoral popliteal bypass
    Femoral tibial bypass
    Above-knee and below-knee amputation
    Tracheal intubation and endoscopic anatomy
    Chest tube placement
    Emergency thoracotomy for trauma
    Central line anatomy
    Arterial line anatomy
    Upper and lower extremity fasciotomy
    Mastectomy : partial and total
    Breast reconstruction
    Central duct excision and nipple discharge
    Sentinel lymph node biopsy
    Axillary lymphadenectomy and lymphaticovenous bypass
    Inguinal and pelvic lymphadenectomy
    Retroperitoneal sarcoma
    Hysterectomy for benign and malignant conditions
    Oophorectomy for benign and malignant conditions
    Reconstructive surgery for pelvic floor disorders
    Laparoscopic transperitoneal radical nephrectomy
    Radical prostatectomy
    Radical cystectomy
    Retroperitoneal lymph node dissection.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Jian Jing.
    Summary: Network Functions and Plasticity: Perspectives from Studying Neuronal Electrical Coupling in Microcircuits focuses on the specific roles of electrical coupling in tractable, well-defined circuits, highlighting current research that offers novel insights for electrical coupling's roles in sensory and motor functions, neural computations, decision-making, regulation of network activity, circuit development, and learning and memory. Bringing together a diverse group of international experts and their contributions using a variety of approaches to study different invertebrate and vertebrate model systems with a focus on the role of electrical coupling/gap junctions in microcircuits, this book presents a timely contribution for students and researchers alike.

    Contents:
    Electrical coupling in Caenorhabditis elegans mechanosensory circuits / I. Rabinowitch, W.R. Schafer
    Neural circuits underlying escape behavior in Drosophila : focus on electrical signaling / P. Phelan, J.P. Bacon, J.M. Blagburn
    Gap junctions underlying labile memory / M.-F.M. Shih, C.-L. Wu
    The role of electrical coupling in rhythm generation in small networks / F. Nadim, X. Li, M. Gray, J. Golowasch
    Network functions of electrical coupling present in multiple and specific sites in behavior-generating circuits / J. Jing, E.C. Cropper, K.R. Weiss
    Electrical synapses and learning : induced plasticity in motor rhythmogenesis / R. Nargeot, A. Bédécarrats
    Electrical synapses and neuroendocrine cell function / N.S. Magoski
    Electrical synapses in fishes : their relevance to synaptic transmission / A.E. Pereda, M.V.L. Bennett
    Dynamic properties of electrically coupled retinal networks / S. Trenholm, G.B. Awatramani
    Circadian and light-adaptive control of electrical synaptic plasticity in the vertebrate retina / C.P. Ribelayga, J. O'Brien
    Electrical coupling in the generation of vertebrate motor rhythms / W.-C. Li, J.C. Rekling
    Implications of electrical synapse plasticity in the inferior olive / J.P. Welsh, J. Turecek
    Gap junctions between pyramidal cells account for a variety of very fast network oscillations (>80 Hz) in cortical structures / R.D. Traub, M.A. Whittington, A. Draguhn
    Lineage-dependent electrical synapse formation in the mammalian neocortex / S. He, S.-H. Shi.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    by Sofia Dias, A.E. Ades, Nicky J. Welton, Jeroen P. Jansen, Alexander J. Sutton.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction to evidence synthesis
    2. The core model
    3. Model fit, model comparison and outlier detection
    4. Generalised linear models
    5. Network meta-analysis within cost-effectiveness analysis
    6. Adverse events and other sparse outcome data
    7. Checking for inconsistency
    8. Meta-regression for relative treatment effects
    9. Bias adjustment methods
    10. Network meta-analysis of survival outcomes
    11. Multiple outcomes
    12. Validity of network meta-analysis
    Solutions to exercises
    Appendices
    References
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Lane Library Bookmarklet

To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.

What is it?

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Bookmark on Other Websites

Bookmark on Lane

  • To Install, Right Click this Button.
  • Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
  • From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
  • Once installed it will look like this
  • Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
  • Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
To Install, Right Click this Button.

What is it?

Beyond Stanford

Derived from Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment, AccessMedicine's Quick Medical Diagnosis & Treatment provides topic reviews with key diagnostic and treatment features for more than 500 diseases.

A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.

Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.

MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.

Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.

Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature (CINAHL) contains coverage of nursing and allied health literature. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Provides critical assessments of systematic reviews compiled from a variety of medical journals. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.

Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.

Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.

Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.

Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.

Provides systematic coverage of the psychological literature from the 1800s to the present through articles, book chapters and dissertations. PIER (Physicians' Information and Education Resource) is a Web-based decision-support tool designed for rapid point-of-care delivery of up-to-date, evidence-based guidance for primary care physicians. Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL) provides access to 300,000 controlled trials that have been identified the Cochrane Collaboration. Provides drug information targeted for patients. A continually updating drug monograph. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.

Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.

In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.

A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.

A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.

Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.

Large number of high quality software and database programming titles from O'Reilly. Other software titles are also available from Sams and Prentice Hall. Limited to 7 concurrent users. Includes peer-reviewed life science and biomedical research protocols compiled from Methods in Molecular Biology, Methods in Molecular Medicine, Methods in Biotechnology, Methods in Pharmacology and Toxicology, Neuromethods, the Biomethods Handbook, the Proteomics Handbook, and Springer Laboratory Manuals. Contains full text access to selected biomedical and nursing books.

Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.

Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.

Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.